+ All Categories
Home > Documents > 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

Date post: 13-Dec-2014
Category:
Upload: ainsworthin
View: 148 times
Download: 6 times
Share this document with a friend
Description:
Grant Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Operating Timetable Taking Effect Sunday, April 29, 1984.
Popular Tags:
149
GrondTrunk Western Roilrood EMPTOYEES' OPERATING TIMETABTE IAKII{G EFFECI SUI{DAY, APRil. 29,l9g4 0!t souTH Brr{D altD KAIAI$aZoo s0tDn|6to6 AI OOOI CIIITRAI. SIANDARD I II 0t{ oIHER SUBD|V|S|oNS AI OIOI EASITRiI IIANDAND NflT Ililuke Safety A Hahit Not An Afterthought DTSTROY PREVIOUS ilfiITTABl[S J. H. SrONt SUPTNINTEND[N' BAllt E cnEE( R.C. GOUID SUIEIINTSIDAJ DETIOITDIVN.
Transcript
Page 1: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

Grond Trunk Western Roilrood

EMPTOYEES' OPERATINGTIMETABTE

IAKII{G EFFECI SUI{DAY,APRil. 29,l9g4

0!t souTH Brr{D altD KAIAI$aZoo s0tDn|6to6AI OOOI CIIITRAI. SIANDARD I II

0t{ oIHER SUBD|V|S|oNSAI OIOI EASITRiI IIANDAND NflT

Ililuke Safety A HahitNot An Afterthought

DTSTROY PREVIOUS ilfiITTABl[S

J. H. SrONtSUPTNINTEND[N'

BAllt E cnEE(

R. C. GOUIDSUIEIINTSIDAJ

DETIOITDIVN.

Page 2: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984GRAND TRUNK WESTERN

Employees' Opehting Timetabtes are for the intormation and guidance otemployees and others who have been autborized to use them ONLY.

NOT FOR PUBLIC USE

: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15 . r n j u r i esa idacc iden t s15. rnsru.tionsrof Injuriesto P

In j 0 r ycases . . . . . . . . . . . .

amideds rnvdvhs Injuriesb E

sodh Ed id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3242 .

$8 inaw . , ' ' ' ' ' ' . ' ' ' ' ' , , , '

' ' , ' , ' . ' ' ' ' ' s pnns i i e I d

s p ; n a f i e l d ' ' ' ' , , , . ' ' ' ' ' s p r i n g i i o | d .

Tddkeahsand@|o lmdes

Tobr hain rrackopeEted 1323.7 miJes.

L T | o " v c s d n d D " l s e ' o L . M d . " r | , >

Page 3: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

2

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS1 GRAND TRUNK OPERATING RULES

1.1 HIGHLYVISIBLE REAR LIGHTINO DIVICE AS REQUIRED BY TRASTANDARDS

A highly.l,isble rear light:ng device lllill be displayed at lhe rear ol everyratn asr0I0ws:

1. When a train is occupying a l\lain Track duringthe hours of one holr be-forc sunset and one hour after sunrise and also when visibility is re-stricted io one hali mile or less 0n siGight track, a singie red 0r amberhighly visible rear lighUng device, either flashing or burning constanfly,l'/ill be displayed 0n ihe rear ofihe last car of rratn_

2. Whln an engine is on the rear of a }min or opemiing without cals, ihetrailing headlight illuminated dim will be used as the highty visible rearIightingdevice.

3. Tnin cfews at each crew change point must inspect or be advjsed thaiihe lighiing device is in proper operating conditi0n and turned 0n.

4. Def€ctive equipment, which must be moved at the rear ot a traln, naybe operal€d wiihout the highly lisible rcar tjghUng device to the nerjltermlnalat,,yhich rcpails can be made.

5. When a pod on of a kain is disabled, and a highly vis ble lighting devicers not avar'able, the temainder ol lhe irain may be moved l,vlhout lhehighly visible rcar lighting device io the nearest terninal.

6. Should the lighting device failwhile enrouie,lhe Tmin Dispatcher mustbe noiiiied as soon as practicable. The train may continu; i0 ihe nexileminal where repaiIs can be made.

1.2 GToR Rule 30 - In the applicaiion oJ ihis rute, the fo owing will appty:In ihe euenl lhai lhe beh 0[ lhe lead un t 'aih, the bell Dn anotner unit inthe consisI wi l l be operaled. l f n0 olhel uni l is avarldble, or rhe bel l is notin good working order{hisile signal 14 (1) 1/vill besounded repsatedly with,out substaniial time lapse uniil ihe trajn or engine occupies the'publiccrossing at gmde. Further in ihe Siate 0f Indiana ilhen such whistie dr bellis not in good l t lorhing order the i rain or engine mLst slop befo e eachcrossrng and procFed only alter marual proleclion is provided aI lhe cross.Ing by a menber ol the crew unless su,h manual protecton is hnown to beprovided.

I.3 GToR Rule 72A - The supe or direction is East or South.

1.4 OPERATIOI{ OF SPRING SWITCHTS

When signals proiecting movements over sp ng s}litches indicaie STop,$'/ilch must be inspecied and it nust be known thai points arc properlilined and iree fron obstruciions before using. In removing obshuctionsi0;points, use bar or other suitabh instrument to avoid injury. Sping switchesmust noi be operated by hand uniil pojnts are dosed. Heavy springs arecompressed when wheels force ihe switch poilts open. lf handle of s, itch.stand js released with sp ngs conpressed, the force in the spring ll/ill belransmii ted to ihe emp oyee afd may raur iniury. l labsolLlely nec;s.ary rodel/ ale irom lne abo/e insflrlions, care musl be exercised lo keep aivayfrom the handle when it is being released.See Subdivision footnotes for location.

Page 4: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29ih, 1984SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (C0ntinued)

1 GRAND TRUNK OPERATING RULES (Continued)

1.5 0PERAT!0N 0F fl-ECTRTCALLY LoCXED HAND.oPERATED S$ITCHIS (R|VER,DEARBORN, FIIT ROCK, NAPOTEON AND SPRINGFIELD SUBDIVISION)Aulhoiiy to use electric Iocked swiich must be given verbally io member ofcrew byTrajn Dispatcher 0r opelator. The peiod oftimethe swiich and trackmay be used and designaied limih must be clearly stated and undentood.lnstructions ior operating electriclocl€d switches are posted inside the tele.phone box near each of ihese srvitches.

Permission to unlock must be obtained lrom 0perator 0. Tein Dispatcherbejorc switch padlock is removed from keeper. Location of these swihhesare conlained in subdivislon f0otnoies,

1.6 GTO R Rule 206 - Eigines consisiing of CN, GTW, DW&P, CV, DT&|, AMTRAK,D&TSL and DE, are considered as the same railroad in the application olL1 \ ruk .

1.7 GToR Rule 21i -Train orders rcceived by crcw willbe retalned when so in.shucied by Train Dispatcher and such of these tmin ordels as may be re-quired lljill be induded on subsequent clearances issued t0 that crew lllhenirain is redesignated or recreated.Trains turning ai internediate poinh must obtain a cleatance unless other-lvise direcied by Train Dispaicher or timeiable aothority.

1.8 GToR Rules 401.402-403'404 and 405 -The Train 0rdersignals in the Stateof 0hio will ndt display day indication senaphorc blades. Each color indi.cation will be flashing instead of a steady lighi.

I.9 Employees working under the provisions ofthe Grand Trunk 0perating Rulesnust have in their possession a curreni rule class attendance card Fom 708while on duly.

1.10 Train or engine crews rclieving hains on lllain Track must contact Train Dis.patcher for instructjons, at that point, beiore departing. Train Dispalchermust make sure relleving crew has alltrain orders jssued t0 thatttain,

1.li The Tuscola and Saginaw Bay Raikoad lyill operate over Grand Trunk lrack-age wiihout a caboose on the rcar of ihe train belween Pitt and Durand onthe Holly,Subdivision, between Durand and 0wosso onthe Grand Rapids$rb.division;'and between owosso lct. and Ashhy on ths Greenville Subdivision.A highly visible rear lighting device, as rcquired by FRA standards, will bedisplayed as required by Special Instruction 1.1. This device will nark iherear ofihe train {orthe puDose of GT0R Rule igA.

All other operating rules and special instruciions ior opemtion remain inefect wiih the nodiJicatioi ihai the employees normally located at the rearofihe hainwil lnow be located inthe cab ofthe locomotive.

I.I2 TO EFFECT DELIVERY OFATRAIN ORDER ATA POINT OTHER THAN ATRAINORDEROFFICE.Appantus for electrically tmnsnitiing train orders, cleannce foflns, nes-sages and other conmunicaijons from one point and for ptuducing fac-simile copies of sam€ at another point, in seryice at localions listed below.

(continued an Fage 4)

Page 5: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

I oTIMETABLE NO. 2 _ APRIL 29th, I9A4

SPECIAt INSTRUCTI0NS (C0ntinued)(continued riom PaEe 3)

1 GRANDTRUNKOPERATING RULES (Continued)

To use the facsimile machine, the follovling procedure {ill be used:

ljDon receiDt oJ the train orders and othel instructions, the employee re';ivinoiheh mustexamine each transmissionto knowthatthe copy is cleal'leeibld and comDlete. All Iran(missions Ior lrain movemPnt Ieceved mustbaread back to ihe opelator by the employee receiuing them The 0peatorl,vill check all reDeatsior correitness and then give "0 |(." and the time.

the 0Deraior must hno}r lhat ihe lrain order is lhe proper 0rder ior thattra n 6elo? "0.K.' is siven, and w l l show on lhe ofl :ce copy 0[ each com_;unicalion, the nane-o{ lie employee who achnow edged receipl and thet me. Train order kansrilled bv surh mPans musi nol be a(led upon untillhey have been repeated to lhe oDeator at the lnnsritlng point and"0.'(. received froil0oe'alor. Copes o I conm t nicaiions rusi be [urnishedforeach employee addrcssed.

ln the aDDlication of GToR Rule 217, imin ordeG to be sent to irains vlillbe addre$ed to theirain via 0perator, ie. (To Extn 490l East at owosso via0peratorDuftnd).

ln the a0Dlication of 0T0R Rule 201, also clearance, the prescribed form willbe the facsimile c0py produced by the copy machrne.

A membet of a ilain crew originating, teminating or t rnlng must reportarrivaliime, depafiure lime and delays io the 0peralor' who \'!iLl relay thjsinformation t0 the Train Dispatcher.

lf thefacsimih machine becomesinopemtive,Train Djspaicherwill issuethenecessalytnin ordels and instructions direcilyto the Conducior or Engineerofthetrain.

Location of Transmilter Location of Rec€iver

DETROIT DIVISION

Durand, Gmnd RaPidsSubdivision.

TSBY Engine Facility ofiice,Gmnd Rapids Subdivision.

cHlcAG0 Dtvlst0N

1.13

1.14

Insiructions t6 trains or any inJormation relating t0 the movement oi traLnsbetween cre\1j membeA or{rom oI to otheremployees must not contain Gfer_ence io the "so.called" IVanilest Numbers.

Relular I aint may be relerred to by numberas oui lned in lhe crdnd TIunk0pintrng Ruks and tmployees' 0perating Timetabh

The fomerclearance lorm GT-710 orthe ne\{ clearance form shown on page104 of the GToR book, lxill be applicable for the movement 0f trains.

GENERAL RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATIONOF RAILROAD RADIO SYSTEM

2.1 Radio cornmunicationssystems arc underthe iuisdiction ofthe FederalC0m_nunications Comnissioi. The Grand Trunk Western Raikoad Company and

(coniinued on Paae 5)

Battle CrcekYard,intSubdivislon.

Train and Engine Crew locker room,Elsdon,South Bend Subdivislon.

Page 6: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984SPECIAL INSTRUCII0NS (C0ntinued)

2 GENERAL RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATIONOF RAILROAD RADIO SYSTEMS (Continued)

its employees are govemed by ihe Commhsion's 0pefaiing Rules and theFederal Railroad Adminislralion Radio Standards and Procedores, the re'quirements of which arc included in ihe {ollowing rules. Vl0LAT|0N 0F FCC0R FRA rules is a ledemloffensesubject t0 penalties. An employee receivinginquiry c0ncerning anyvi0lation 0fsuch rules shall answerthe inquiry vrithin24 hours after receipt ol notice.

Employees must pe nit inspection of the md10 equipment in theif charge,and all FCC docunienh peitaining ihereio, by a duly accrediled reprcseniative ofthe Federal Comnunications conmission at anytime.

2.2 All employees except those specilically a0lhoized to do so, are pr0hibitedirom making anytechnicaladjustmenh io a nilroad radio set. Employees soauthofued nusi carytheir FCC operator license or veriiicaiion card when on0ury,

2.3 The radio musibe usedpnly in connection with raikoad business and in c0m-pliance with the operating rules.

No employee shall knouingly transmit any false emergency communication,any unnecessary, lrrelevant or unideniiiied communication, not utter anyobscene, indecent, or proiane Ianguage via radio

2.4 An energency call nust be preceded by the w0rd "Emergency," repeaiedthree times. Such calls must be used only to cover inltial reporls of derail-ments, collisions, siorm, washouts,lires, obstructions t0 t@ck, or other mai-ters which would cause serlous delayi0 traffic, damageto prcperty, iniury toemployees or the kaveling public, and contain asc0mplete information there.0n as possibl€. All employees must give absolute priority io emergency callsfrom another station and, except in answering or aidiig a station during anemergency, must |eiftin frcm sending any communication untilthere is assurance that no interfercnce will res!li io the station iniiiating emeGencycalls.

2.5 When radios are manned, ihey nust betomed on to the appropriate channel!,vith vollme adjusted to receive communications, When mdios are not man.ned ot when employees are not in position to receive radio calls, battery.operated mdios musi be tuned off.

2.6 Before kan\miiting, an employee must lisien a sufficient inierval t0 insurcthatthe channelis not already in use.

An enployee transmitiing or acknollvhdginga mdio comnunhaiion must be.gin with positive identitication which must include ihe following in the orderlisied:(i) Base or wayside stations.

G) Name or initiah ofthe railrcad.(b) occupation.G) Name and location or other uniqoe designation o{ otfice oI station.

(2) lVobile unils.(a) Name oriniiials ofthe raikoad.(b) 0ccupaiion.

(continued on pace 6)

Page 7: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29lh' 1944

SPECIAt INSTRUCTI0NS (C0ntinued)(continued rrom page 5)

2 GENERAL RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATIONoF nltmono Rloto sYSTElrs (continued)

(c) Tft n nare {nunber), engine nLmbe', loca iof 0r wo d( lhat iden' Lily tie preise mobi'P un I llvanilest lunber rol io be u'ed )

ln vard operations, after initial positive identificalion is established, sh0rlideitification may be used ioryard engines.

2.7 Radio calls must be promptly acknowledged; acknowledgement may be de'layed if ii\aould inter{ere ltith other duties relatiigto safety'

2.8 An employee }vho Ieceives a tlansmission must repeat jt to the tnnsmittingparty excepi when the communication:

(i) Relatesto yardsllyltching0perations;

(2) ls a recorded message from an automaiic alam device;ol

(3) lsqene al in nalure and ooes nol 'onta n any niormat 'ol inst-xL0no'adice wh ch could afe!t I ' re sarel ] , o 'a lai i0dd operal i0n

2.9 lo :noicaie Itar d lansn s)r0n is ended and t rat a Iesponse s Pxpecied tlet dnsm tttng enp oyee nutt say "o,/er.' To rdicdie lhal a fan'm sslon 's

ended and-r la_ ro 'F 'p01te ls ex0e(ted, Ine trals l l l l ing enpl0yee nuslsiate his ideniilicaii0n and say "out "

2.10 Radios used in train operation outside yads must be tested at the point$he'e lhe trajn .s or iginal ly nade up.

Dl| ina pa(h toLr 0t dr ly, eng reers and 'oldur lols are Iespon. ble fol vr i_'yirg

[raL engine ard caboose rad os are vro hlng

Radio test must consistof an exchange 0fvoice comnunication, determlningquality and readability of transmhsi0n.

A malfunctionina mdio must not be used and each crew member and theTrain Dispatcheior olher designated employee must be so noiified as soonaspraciicable.

2,II Ercepi betl1leen menbers of the same crew, no in{omation may be given byradio to a hain or engine crew about the aspect of a fixed slgnal

l ln less s0eri l icn. 'v dul to 'zed by operal ing ruhs "0io

nu)i noL be used l0tonvey i i . r rucl ;oi ' wr c\ woulo ovelr ide t l e ind c, t o1 0[a ' ixPd s gnal

2.I2 lt is prohibited io use citizen's band mdio' or any other radio unit not issuedby the Company, ior milroad opelat ng purposes

2.13 When mdio communicauon is used in connection wiih swiiching, backing or0Lshine d l ra n, enpi le, o 'ca' , rorplple i fst 'uci iors ndJt be gr ' /er 0l L0n'iinuors"rad o contair nrst be n ainta neo Wl en bach18 or put r:ng a la'r'ensine or cars, the distance ol the movement must be specitied' and moveme"nt must stoD in half ihe specified distance unless addltjonal insllucti0nsare recelved. li the inslroctions are n0i undelstood or continu0us radio con'taci is not majntained, movement must stop immediateLy and not be re_sumed until the misunderctanding has been rcsolved, mdio contact has beenieiiored. or communicauon by other neans has been established 0ihermethods,such as hand signals, lelephones, wayside speak€6, eic will not beused uniil the engineman paruclpaiing in the move has been iniomed andJully understandsthe change in conircl.

(continued on paae 7)

Page 8: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th,7984SPECIAt INSTRUCTI0NS (C0ntinued)

2 GENERAL RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATIONOF RAILROAD RADIO SYSTEMS (Continued)

lnstrucii0ns 0t hand signals to stop a novement under any of ihe circumstances ouUined must be complied with imnediately.

2.14 When radio is usedtotlansmitany mandatorydirect;ve{ornovernent it mustbe copied in witing by ihe employee receivjng the transmission and re-peated to ihe employee transmitting it.

2.15 When fadio is used to transnit train orders, rules for movenent by trainorder and the f0llowing instructions apply:

(1) When a train order is to be iransmitted directly io a iftin by radio, theTrain Dispatcher l|lillcalllhe train and state this faci.The crellv members l,Yho are to copy the order must state their names,posiiive identification and exact localion and that ihey understand atrain orderis to betransmitied and thaiihey are prepared to receive it.

(2) Train orders may be transmitted by radio direcily io a moving train butmust not be copied or repeated by an employee opeftting the controlsofthe engine of such train.

(3) Train orders must noibe imnsmiited t0 the crew of a movingtmin when,in the iudgment of lhe conducior, the engineer 0r the hain dispatcher,the order cannot be received and copied withoui impairing the sa{ety ofthe tftin.

(4) Train orders transmitted by radio d rectJy to a hain must be copied andrepeated by a crel,y nember or other qualified enployee, l'lho must beiully convelsant with opemling ruks including radio procedures.

(5) "Complete" must not be given to a radio{ransmitted irain order until ilhas been repeaied and dispaicher hasverilied the accuracy ofthe repitition. Dispatcher will lhen state "Complete," the time, and the initials ofthe employee.designaled by the rallroad. Crcw ffembers copling lheorder nustihen acknoflledge by repeating "Complete" and the time-

(6) "Comphle"and time must not be givento a radio tmnsmitted ifain orderfor an inferior train until response "Complete" and time have beenacknovlledged by the superior train.

(7) Tnln orders lransnitled by radio directlyto lwo or more trains must betransmitted siniultaneously io as many ofthem as praclicable.

When a tfain is to be resiricied by a radiolransmitted train orderatthepoint where the train will receive the order, train must be stopped anddispalcher notified oftrain's exact location belore 0rder is lransmitted.

(8) InJomation contained in radio hansmitled train orde6 must noi beacied upon by olherlhan those to whon the orders are addressed.

(9) Duing radio transmission 0f a train order, should commlnication iailafter order number is received and prior to receiving the word "Com-plete" and the time, those trains addressed must stop and not proceeduntil communication is reeslablished-

(10) A hain ordertransmiited by radio must not be acted upon untilihe word"Complete" and the time are received and both lhe conduci0rand engi-neerhave received awrittencopy oflhe orderand have rnade certainlhatihe order has been read and underciood by other members oJthe cre!{.

(coniinued on pase 3)

Page 9: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th' 1984

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIoNS (C0ntinued)

2 GENERAL RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATIONoF RAILROAD RADIO SYSTEMS (Continued)

(11) Radio communlcation musl not be used to inform a lrain ofthe conients' ' ;i a train order not ],et transmitted t0 0r recelved bythatirain

2.16 When Lsinq ldi . -oad "dio

thP e may be I net wl-en employePr a'e rol ab'eto conld(t , or Pet le)porse 0n anothe'mobi lr 0r ba+ rddio stal l0r ' l lrecessary io t a,'n'm t u'g.rt ill0 nalior' rt 5l'or'd be tral'm iled regaldlersoiwtretni , orrota, act-ron' .dgemeql i t -ecerved {r len (uc' l i l lo ' rnal ion simnsmilted, and n0 acknowledgement is rcceived, necessary action nust betaken based on the belieiihaithe information llas not recerved

2,17 In certain areas Grcssings, iunctions, etc.) some interference may develop-' *itr,'rn*l* nllioaa. In-su;h cases; special carc in making identiiicationshiil be used and the employees concelned shall cooperate in handling theirbusiness byallering calls and belng as briei as possible

2. l8 Rai l 0ad rdd,0 must nol bp u\ed 'or uansri l l ng *hP l localed resslhdn 250lept Irom rhe .ere o'b att ing operal ior d 'LoLnt fa ald 0l det0nat ng dynamiie charge ll/here electric caps ale used.

2.I9 0n radio pqt ipped lrai ls Ioperal i rg '^ ' ih a cdboose a lembe- oI le cre]t- -- rur imat e raaio.ontrcl l ' , i ih a merlbe o' l0e c ew at tne rea o{ lhP l 'a i l

{1) Bet l l leen 2 and 4 r ies kon eve'y Dont \ ' !he'a i rain:s nstr ic led by' l rain ordeD fo'n "H lo r ' 'R" ro r "V 0t forn Y ; 's leoLired tomeet or waii fof a train; clear a train; nove through a siding or cr0ss-ovei wlen so lnstructea and, o'r trains af{ected, when apploaching yadlimiis. A mellrber oi the crelv wjll communicale lhe iype oi restriction lobe comPlied with and lts location

(2) 0ne mile lron non inierlocked drawbridges that are in seruice' and non_' ' interlocked nilway crossings at grade The member of the crelll on the;ntine !,yillconfiri thatthtare;llare 0l the necessary leshiction'

(3) Atthe advancesignalto allinterlocked oilroad crosslngsat grade and at"

i l r n i e l o . \ e d d i a ' a b ' i d g e t a l d n c l c a I l t e a d v a n r e t g n a l l o r : d n g (and at ' te rdvalce sBna l0 ihe beginr ng o[ r ' rge ' rark lwo 0lmorc tralks. A nPJrbel 0l i l 'ecreYronI1oengrer ' l l cornul lcale Dyits name, ihe indication of such signal

(1) Wlen pra.t iabre. pngire cre* f fenbrt w l l advi te i l e fagman by 'di0' ' n i o i i p p r o a c , r g t r a c t m e r ' s g n a l ' r e n o r 0 L t e r e n p 0 y e e s l o b e o l t h e

ale iorhand signah

($ W\el o act cable, elgi le ( 'ew norbers 0n opproaclrg or pasr 'ng farnswi l l c0mmunicalF ,r : t l ' Pac\ 0lhe by exchang ng r 'ornal 01 t la l psla0'

lishes alertness 0{ empl0yees on the hains being conlacted

FaiJure to leceive lesponse llom crellJ members either by radio 0lthe re'auirements ol GToR 90 111 l'lill be suflicieni to give notice to the trainirspitcher who will make every eiiort lo c0ntact the imin and noiily allmovemenl that could be in conllict with the traLn

lithe crel,v on the engine faih io complywith these regulalions, a mem-ber of ihe crellv at thelear of kain nust immediately callihe crew on the

(continled on Paee e)

Page 10: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

9

TIMETABLE No. 2 _ APRIL 29ih, 1984SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (C0ntinued)

(cdntinued iion Paae 3)

2 GENERAL RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATIONoF RAILROAD RADIO SYSTEMS (Continued)

engine f0r conl;rmaUon that ihe restrlctions will be obsen/ed. lf radiocontact is not made and it is evldent that the restiction will not becomplied wlth, ihe imin must be stopped.

Nothing in ihese regulations resticts crell, nembers from exchanging in-iormauon with each other orwith crew menbels ot other kainsthat llvillasslsttrain movemenis in accordance with rule requirenents.

2.20 The engineer qill be in charye o1and responsible forlhe use of mdio equip.ment mounted on his engine,

2.21 WAYSIDE RAITROAD RADIO CONTROI SYSTEIII INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE(l) With handsei off the hanger, switch to "Point to Train" channel, ascer-

tain that no one else is usingihe channel, move Tmin Dispatcher swihhto position i or 2, l,vhlchever applicable, and h0ld f0r appfoximately 5seconds.After rclease of switch, an "Answer Back" tone will be heard indicatingihat calLing signalhas been seniio ihe Trajn Dispatcherli no rcsponse is received iiom the Train Dispatcher afler hearing the"Answer Back" tone, it may mean that the Train Dispatchel is busy orfai lure ofequlpmeni.

(2) lf ihe "Answer Back" tone is not leceived lepeat above prccedurc on"End lo End" channel. There will not be an "Ans\aer Back" tone on this

CHIGAGO AND DETROIT DIVISION

(3) The following proced reflillbe used lyhen signallngthe Train Dispatche.on engines and cabooses €quipped with a louch tone diali

G) Detemine the base station lvith the strongest signal for train loca-tion from the {ollol'lingtable:

PONTlAC TRAIN DISPATCHER

Subdivision I Location CodeGrand Rap ids Dura id to owosso . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Gmnd Rap ids owosso to Lowe l l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85GmndRapids Lowellto 4uskegon . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Greenv l l e owosso to Carson C i t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Dumnd to Bay City . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85En t i reSubd i / i s i on . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Roches te r i o R ichmond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Pon t iac to Roches te r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

SaginawJacksonRomeoRomeo

HollyHollyHolly

Cass C i t y Pon t i ac to lm lay C i t y . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . - . . 52ll4ount Clemens West Deiroii to Fnser . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . 3lMoun i C le f i r ens F rase r to Sn r i t h ' s C teek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Moun tC lemens s rn i t h ' sCreek to Po r i Hu rc i . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Deiroit to Bimingham - - - - . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3IB i m i n g h a m t o H o l l y . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2H o l l y t o D u r a n d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6

(continuedon pas€ 10)

Page 11: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

10

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th' 1984

SPECIAt INSTRUCTI0NS (C0ntinued)

2 GENERAL RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATIONOF RAILROAD RADIO SYSTEMS (Continued)

BATTLE CREEI( WEST TRAIN D ISPATCHER

Location CodeE l s d o n t o c r i f i l t h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 0

SubdivisionSouth BendSoulh BendSouth BendSouth BendSouth BendKalamazoo

crifiith to Kingsbury ...Kingsbury to Edwardsb!rgEdwadsburg to ClimaxClinax to Batile CrcekEntire Subdivision

989694

94

BATTTE CREEK EAST IRAIN DISPATCH ERSubdivision LocationFlintFIintFlintflintFIint

Battle Crcekto CharlotteCharlottetoShaflsburgShaftsbuGto FIintFlintto EmnettEnmett io Port Hulon

Code72

i6t870

' (b) Switch radio to point t0 train frequency, Channel 2 Ascertain that. frequency is noi being used.

(c) Dialthe 2 digitcode ofthe base station on the iouch tone dialholding each button depressed apptoximately I second

(d) An "Answer Back" tone vlill be head indicaUng a calling signal hasbeen sentto the Train DisPatcher'

SoUTH BEND sUBDlVlSl0N - Trains use Tnin Dispatcher Switch position 1tocontact Tnin Dispatcher Wesi.

FIINT SUBDIVISION - Trains use Tmin Dispatcher Switch posjtion 2 to contaclTrain Dispatcher East.

DETRoIT DlvlsloN -Tmins use Tmin Dispatcher Switch position I to contact EasiTmin Dispatcher Pontiac Yard.

Yardmaster will be 0n channel 3 at the {ollowing locations and all trains and en_gines mus! rcmain on channel 3 prior to departure, while yarding tiain or duringswitching operations:

BATTLECREEK FLINT EASTYARDTANSING NIILWAUKEEJCT. PONTIAC

All tralns and engines at Durand on ihe Flint, Holly, Grand Rapids, or SaginalrSubdivisi0ns, m!st remain 0n Channel I priorto deparlure, !,/hile yading trainor during switching operaiions-

Trains and engines on the Shore Line Subdivision lllill contactTlain Dispatcher0n Channel2l1ithvoice callwhen outside Lang

channel I musi not be used when on shore Lin€ Subdivhion

IMPORTANT:At Base Station Consoles, the handset must be returned to the cradle allowingradio equipmentto revert to standbychannel.

(continued on pase rr)

Page 12: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (Coniin ued)

(cohtinued trom paae 10)

2 GENERAL RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATIONOF RAILROAD RADIO SYSTEMS (Continued)Base stalions, Png nes. cabooses, trac( equ'pment, Vel cles and M of l1l/lorces so equipped ltril set raikoad radros on specilied channels betweenspec;lied points as outlined below.lhis excludes Flat Rock Hump operation.Be iween - Shor t Cu t and F ja t Rock . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Channe l2Be tween-Fordson and K ing Road-D& l . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . . . . . Channe l2Be tween- K ing Rd . - D& l and Car le ton . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . . . . . . Channe l IBe tween - Car le ton and l l 4a i t l and . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . _ . . Channe l2B e i w e e n - l l l a i t l a n d a n d S h y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C h a n n e l 2Betlyeen -Shy and Jackson . . . . .Channel2Be fueen - Napo leon and l l 4a l i n ta . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . Channe l IWren practicabh, head end enployees l,\jlll advise the ilagman by radiowhen appruaching irackrnen, signalnen, or other employees io be on thealert ior hand signals.

2.22 All base and !,llayside siaiions are in operation 24 hourc a day.

2.23 The Iocations of radio basesiaiions are located as follows:

2.24 The locaiions of radio wayside stations are located asfollows:

BATTLE CREEKPONIIAC YARD

LANGFLAT ROCK

I JULIETK KILOI, LIIMAtvl Mt(EN NOVEIVIBER0 oscAR

Q QUEBECR ROIVIEO

SPRJNGIIELD

FlintElbaPodHurcnRichmondItrlilwa u kee Jct.PerrintonGrand RapidsTrentonDiafln

2.25 Employees using radio equipment lljlll exercise care to prevent damage to orloss of such equipment. Employees assigled a podable mdio llvill be respon.sible iorthe proper care and protection ofsuch mdio.l4issing radio equ'pmeninusi be prompUy repoded t0the employee's imme.0 am supetursor.

2.26 A phonelic alphabet shall be used i0 prcnounce any letter used as an initial,exceltinitial letters of nilroads. A decimal point shall be indicated by ther,,ord "Po.nl . Ihe Phonei c alaphabp{ r\astohollvs

ElsdonBlue IslandThomtonJct.Valparaiso0livers

KalamazooLanslngDurand

DeltalMalinlaHamlerLeipsicFord ParkQuincyWashington C.H.Summiti

A ALFAB BRAVOC CHARLIED DELTAE ICHOF FOXTROTG GOLFH HOTELI INDIA

S SIERRAT TANGOU UNIFORI\4V VICTORW WHISI(EYX XRAYY YANKEEZ ZULU

(conrinued on pac€ 12)

Page 13: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

12

TIMETABLE NO' 2 _ APRIL 29th' 1984

SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (Continued)(coniinued 1rcfr pae Ir)

3 BLOCK AND INTERLOCKING SIGNALS

3.1 Should diesel eleciic loconotives' RDC cals, gas electric or rail detector" ;#;;;;it;{ iili,'btiequi ed to Lse sano in sloppins automat'c s;gnal

territofl, or on ;nterlocking 0r automatic crossing warnlng.devlces mcxiiiiuii,'ile unit musL le moved off the sanded rail imnediatelv lo ensuleniooei ooeration ot lne automat c s'gnals the interl0ching indrcaior charlsir iulonalic pubric crosing at grade warning dev ces'

llvhen move is c0nt.nued approach:ng aul0matically prolected high$al cross'ins, care should be exelcsed to ensule lhat crossng $aln'ng devlces areiu"nctioning properly beiore nov'ng onlo the publc oossing at grade'

4 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

4.I Persors olher than ass gred crelv ard enployees il per 0lman!e 0f,assigneddul,es are D ohibited irom l:olng on fleghl tla'ns 0I englnes unless neyDresenl tlanspodahon pass endorsed "good on irelght tra ns and-englnes 'i'riirn. jritio,rv ttoni ci':,tTra n Dispatcher. Asst Chiei Train D;spaicheriiti,lr' ,i.J,,rra i,.i.ii ;tti,rr;zing lhem to ride or be on lrerght trains.andJ*iii". iiiiiii.iJ,t, vrto clerks;car Inspeclors' and olhel personnel ac-iri'ty ingaget n perio'rnance of dulies related to yard and/or fiain opera'ti0n aIe exemptfrom ihis requirement

4.2 The Dracli(e 0'reversing hain r0vemenls for tne pulpose of traln fspec-lon 0r picking Lp crelv membels is pruhibiled crew memDers must walfito intended location.

4-3 Road ae$s when prching up and/or setirng off }lill nol periorm work whjch-''- i" il.ii-ilir.r.rr, it u tidlal;on of Lheir lrorking agreemenl .without.filslreceivin[ DriDer authorily jrom the approplale supeflls0r' lFls tu lnclus€'but notiiinitad to, incomplete pick ups coupl ng n0t secule' arr J0 n$ normade, more than one pick up and/or sd oit' elc'

Failule on the pad of lhe Road cle}l lo contacl the propel authority beforeoertormance oisuctr llvork !Iill indicate in all rases lhat the perlormarcelr,riioi

-*ri ,i'ioetril.n *itt'out the l{norledge oI consent ol lhe carriel

and llas voluniarlvDerlolmed bylhe Road crew

4.4 Lmolorees aIe pr0h blied -'0n alter rg nul'lfy;ng o n d-1y manne re*.; l i ig or inte eirg Ith lhP normalinlendPd lu'rcton 0l any oel/ lce 0rlouinm-ent on eng nei, can or olhel rdikoad property

4-5 ln cate ol Jai'ure, sedls nay be bloken or deuice alhred as prov del by;oDlicable rules or sDecial indructions. Vlhen surh aclion is necessary 0r*ii,n iiats are tornrito te t'0hen, m'ssing 0I lamperrd llth it must bere0orled on lhe D'esc bed lorm lo tl'e Superintendent

4.6 Whenever anv unusual condliion ls encounte ed that may nave a beat ng on''- ii. rrtrtv oi,"ptovres or protechon of company propedy a-prompt lele'phone, r idio or wire Ieport {depending upon lhe urgency 01.lhe.manet;!qt Le siven at the fiist o!!ortunty Lo chief TIain Dispatchel i0llovledbv \rriitei slaterent, ll necessary' lo Tta:nmasler and supennlendenl.I0siue details that caDnoi be su tably covered other'{ se !Yrere pI0mpI acrr0n8u oii ei po'i,, Depart'rent miy be requ red in cedain cilcu'rslancesii,r, .t. ottiju"rion oh r..1, stoni'ng ol or sl'oot ng ai l0c0motive c0aches'0r caboose, oranv act{hatroohs l'ke sabotaEe dc it ls sat'slactory l0r er'Dl0vees to make immediate contact lYith teplesentalves 01. lhat oepafl';e;t but ll'is aclion rill not rerieve employees from mahrng e leporl pro_videdt.the above named

(conrinledon page r3J

Page 14: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 291h, 1984SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (C0ntinued)

(continued frcm pase r2)

4 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS (Continued)

4.7 The use by employees in road and yard service of contact lenses, colotedglasses, goggles, or other devices whhh aifects either acuteness or vision0r col0r perception is prohibited, except that crews on locomotives may useprescripiion colored glassesto reduce glare.

4.8 When perfoming indusirial or yad switching, and padiculady around en,closed trackage, the complete Engine, Yard and/or Train Crell llill padici-pate in every movenent excepi where flagging duties would rcquire crewmemberto be elsewhere.

4-9 Train and Engine crcws will not take iime at deslination ierminal to eat be,forc going ofJ duiy, unless so inskucied by ihe Chief Train Dispatcher orAss't. Chief Train DisDatcher.

4.10 The orderinglifie oftrains must not be advanced and hains must not leaveahead oftheir ordered time unless wriHen permission t0 do so has been re.ceiled frcm theTrain Dispatcher

4.11 Walking betvleen flat cars carying ATCo housing units \ahile in hansit, hprohibited.

4.12 Whenever an emergency vehicle such as ambulance or fire truck is observedorrepoded being obstructed at a publicdossing at grade, Train DispatcheB,Yardmasters and members of tmin and engine crews must do everythingpossible to immediately dear such crossilrg, consistent with safety. Clear.ame of ihe crossing must take precedence over train movenent delays ormrtr0a0 rnc0nlenrenc€.

4.13 Employees are prohibiied fron lying across drawbars to open or close anglec0cl(s.

5 MAXIMUM SPEED RESTRICTIONS

I P H5.1 llaximum speed for diese! locomolives operaiing under own power

(a) 0pemiing through lvaier . - . . . . - - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - . . . . - 3Diesel locomotives must not be operated through water more than3 inches above iop ofrail.

(b) The following speeds musi not be exceeded and dynamic brakingmust not be used by lhe units and combinations named belo!l,,whei approachiig any public road crussing at grade protectedby automatic crossing waming device; between the advance sig.nal and any ftil\lay crussing ai grade protected by automatic in-terlocking, and lvhere a signal system with automatic fealures is

0ne diesel Iocomoiive running light, rail diesel or similar carr u n n i n g a l o n e , . , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . , , . . . . . . , . , 3 0Two diesell0comotives running light, two raildieselorsimilar calscoupled and running alone; one diesel locomotive or one mildiesels:milar car coupled to one oiher unit of equipment. . . . . . . 500 t h e f i i s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F r e i g h t t r a i n s p e e d

(c) Diesel locomotives (dead) other ihan yard switcher, 5 MPH lessihan maximum Timelable Subdlvision speed for such unih oper.ating under power, unless otheruise reshicted.

(d) Yard switcher operai ingwith train or dead in toly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Page 15: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th' 1984

SPECIAL INSTRIJCTI0NS (Continued)Gonrinu€d from gage 13)

5 MAXIMU|lt SPEED RESTRICTIONS (Continued)

{e) Diesel locomotives not equipped with speed indicator . - '(0 Diesel locomotives consist not equjpped wlth wo ing speed indi_" cator except hen speed indicatorfails enrcute ... 20(q) At publ c cross ng at grade at $hich ihere arP auiomal c warning-

deirces io indicale t\e approach 0f lra'fs 0I engines' be g0vernedby Special lnstruciion 9.2.

(h) General Electric (Amtrak) Locomotives P30CH Series 700 724 .. 50A l l c u r u e s . . . - . . . . . - - . . . . . . - . - . . . - . . . . 4 0

(i) All 6 axles locomoiives . .. 55

5.2 Trains movjng through sidings must not exceed speed ol signal indica'tion when enteingand leaving

5.3 Passing through spring slvitches lnless otherwise provided ..

5.4 When enteing or lealing siding unless otherwise provided by signalindicators ..

Ii4PH2A

I5

10IO5.5 lvl0uemenl on olher lhan lt{d:f Track

Exceptions:South Pass Battle Creek, lndustrialTrack Lansing, Service Track Flint,Fl ini Subdivision . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Siding Emmett, Fl int Subdivision .. . . . . . . 30

Tunnel Tftck Detroit, Nlount Clemens Subdivision 20

Oion Complex, Cass City Subdivision . . . . .. . 15

And Maxinum Speeds asshol,vn in SubdivisionSchedule.

5.6 Orc cars loads of emplies- (State of ohio) .. . 35

5.7 l \4ineral. !raiq o burh he ghl fald'Pd i1 trains in b'oc\s ol 20 cars orrore nu:l be placed in ior$ard half of kain when dispatched fon -^tem ina l . . - - . . .

5.8 Freight trains whose consist is made up of 750/0 or morc cals havlng a' grosi tleightof 70 tons or nore per car arc Ieshicted to . ... . 50(Gr0ss weight per car nust not include carfactoo.To detennine the iumber of such cars in a hain, the lollowing lYillapplv:(a) At o ginatingslations, yard oliicesiaff nusladvise Conduclor and'

T'ainbispataher ot the total number of cals of 70 oI rore lonsgross weight on irain

(b) Conductor must noiify Engineman, pior to run ofthe totalnumberofsuch cars ontrain,

(c) At iniermediate siations, whei pick-ups are made' Conductor, En'' ' sineman and Train Dispaicher tnust be advised of any cars pickedip with a gros lreight ol 70 or more lons Sucl inloiralionsh0rld be :ni luded'n inst-xcl ionst0 pickup\, l lheneverpossible.

5.9 ljnitTrains of residual oil .. 50

5.10 Molements handling continuous ttlelded rail eqilipment loaded 0remDtv are to be resticted to a total of 60 ca|s with the continuousweid;d rail manhalled on the head end. There mlst be an idler onboth ends. Speed nustnotexc€ed 40 miles perhouron straightkack,

(continued on page t5)

Page 16: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No, 2 _ APRIL 291h,1984SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (Continued)

(continued rrom pase 14)

5 MAXIMUII SPEED RESTRICTIONS (Continued)MPH

30 m;les p€r hour0n cun/es, reducing to 10 miles per holrthruugh allIUtn0uls,

5.11 Trains handling wrecking cranes with boon forwad,lordan Spreaders,air dump ca6, cranes oi alltypes on theirown wheeh runniig dircctlyon the tmcks, and other such equipment in OCS movenent .. . . . . . . . 30Wrecking cranes, boon trailinC . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35(a) Eqripment not headed by engine (excepl snowplow) .. . . . . . . . . . 20(b) Scaleiest cars

(i) 0n tracks where the freight speed resi ctions is 30 rnihs perhour0r higher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

(ii) 0n tracks$here the freighispeed;s less than 30 MPH, (5 MPHless ihan the freightspeed rest ction).

5 . I 2 C a b o o s e s 7 5 0 0 1 . 0 2 - 0 4 - 1 0 { 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 55.13 Empiy bulk head ilat cars equipped with roller bearing wheels are reshicted

to a maximun speed df45 miles per hour.5.14 Speed rcsticiions applyto the enUre length 0lthe kain.5.i5 The speed for trains handling placarded loaded tank cars of the i12A or

1i4A iypes, is rcstricied as iollows.

At mechanized poinh, a hazardous matefial message l{ill be furnished indicatingthis type of car is in irain.At unmechanized p0ints, Conducior will check the waybill to ascertain ifthis rype ofcar is to be placed in t.ain.It is the responsibility of the C0nductor io notiiy lhe Engineer if this iype ofcat is in train and, if necessary, remind him of any speed rcstrictions-

5.16 FreightTraii speed between December isth and luarch 15th ..... 50 IVIPH

6 RAILWAY CROSSINGS AT GRADE AND DRAWBRIDGES6.1 (1) Where non-intedocked railway crcssings at grade and non-interlocked

dGwb dges are protected by gates, signak, or deraih, stop signs willbeomiited.

(2) Trains or loconotives mlst not exceed timetable speed restrictions atinterlocked railllay crussings at grade.

(3) Tmins approaching automatic and semi-autonatic interlockings and find-ing home signal ,t stop, which does iot clear up within thrce minutes,yJill be govelned by inslructions posted at c.ossing.

(Conlinued on paser6)

lllaximum Speeds.F l i n t S u b d i v i s i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 0 1Sou th Bend Subd v l s ion . . . . . . . . . . . 50 iHolly Subdivision . 501lackson Subdivision 301 ornaxrmun sllb,Cass City Subdivision 30f dlvision speedsRomeo Subdivision ... . 301 which ever is slowelSag inaw Subd iv i s ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Coopenvil le Subdivision .. . . 301S h o r e t i n e S u b d i v i s i o n . . . . . . . . - . . - . . . . . . . . . 3 0 jCars ofthese iypes are indicated on the waybill.

Page 17: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th' 1984

SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (Continued)(continued rom Pace r5)

6 RAILWAY CROSSINGS AT GRADEAND DRAWBRIDGES (Continued)

(4) At Unatended lnterlocldngs l,\lherc there are no special insifllctions' govening, if inter'orhing signal drsplays slop ind caton and cannot becleared, be Soverned aslollows:(a) Stop beJore passingstop signal.(b) Examine track, including swiich points (if anv) within interl0cking

limits.(0) lf io confljcting movernent is apparcnt and rcute is properly ljned'' '

proceed until Gading truck 0J locomoiive o! car has passed stop;ignal al least 20 feet' occupying kack section between signal andcrossing but not{oulof crcsslng.

(d) After 5 minutes, place lighted fusee on each side 0f crcssing andproceed

($ An unattended locomotive, car, or oiher unit must not be left standing' ' within interlocking limits oi a dral'lbidge or raillvay crcssing ai grade

(6) Train and locomotives rnust SToP not nearcr than 200 leet nor lurther' ' than 800 feel ifom a Nonlnterlocked Rallway crossing at Gmde and' movement must not proceed across the crossing untllihe way is kno nt0 becleal.At Rail ay Crossings at G€de, where gate is prolided, ihe gale mustbe kft in normal Position.See Subdivis:on foolnotes Ior exceptions.

7 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS

7.1 Crc14 members observing deJeciive eq0ipment in moving irains or afe oiher'-- *iiu noiiii.O ot"tr, ty othersources' ST0P signals or inlorrnalion to ST0Ptrain niovement llv!ll be given.Tra n reoLi led lo ST0P rx; l l c0mply imredialely and Iema'n slanding unl i la *alh'ns In5Decli0n is made, lo determ'ne [he natu_e 0lthe delecl' unlessueilai c,ilrtmrin'.rions poitvel] Pstab,lsh lfat lhe condition vrill not resultin a safety hazad or daniage to propeny.

7.2 In the event ol derd l rent seuere i rpa' l or t ld 'n part r8 a f t rber 0l l lecrel ' l nusi invesl igate (arse EquiprPntand irackafecied must betale u lyinspeitet to aeteimine it saie io proceed, and the Tnin Dispaicher advlsedpromptly, giving him f ull particulars.

Tra;n D (palc\er will artarge ioI inspect'on of lfe tracL by l!|ainlenan(e of\ lvav DeDl. be'oIe subsPq lFnlt la ir 0r lo 'omol lue novemPnls are na0p l?lroir'i,a1.[.t niri trto arringt tor a mechanical inspection oJ the cars affecledat the lirst available Point.When a t ain pads lwi.€ between the same cars lhe defe(tive carG) nustbe set out at the iilst available point.

C0ndLclors 0 l |a ins havi l8 b ohel hnucl lFs puIed ora*bars broher rainline or air h05e parted nust leport as:oon as posslble t0 tlle lraln uls'palcher giving cai number, ronlenls' originalng slalior' or connectlng sta'iion, desiination 0r coinecti0n' and I0cation in tlain'

In addition, on cars with air hose parted give ab0ve information on bothcars.For broken knucfiles, advise if nelr or old break and ii old break, appoxi'mate percentage ot old brcak as uell as it can be determined

(continuod on Pase 17)

Page 18: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 _ APRIL 291h, L9A4SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (C0niinued)

(coniinued rrcm pase r6)

7 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTI0NS (Continued)

for pulled drawbat advise what part was broken. lf old brcak, approximatepercentage of old break.Repod may be made by mdio or at Jirst open hain order office. Conductormustsend written train separaiion wirc reportto supeintendent.

7.3 Unless otheruise provided, wreck cranes, clamshells, lordan spreaden, in-dustrial cranes on o!,vn \,vheels, drag lines loaded on flat cars in oCS move-ment, and such other equipment nust be placed at least live cars ahead ofthecaboose.Cars assigned to 8&8, Track, Signal, and Communication Departments -commonly known as outfit cals - whether occupied or unoccupied; mustnot be permitted t0 roll free, must receive careful handling on the road andin terminah, to avoid injury to occupants, or damage to contenls, \4hich caieasilyoccur due to the nahre 0fsuch equipmelt.0ccupied oufit cars and scale test cars must be handhd next ahead oicaboose.Jordan sprcadeA, excepi I'lhen in service, must be headed in the directionof train's movement and wings secured.Buro and oiher L4aintenance ofWay work cranes nust not be handled wilholher caIs except idlers, ifany, durings\,|lilching operations.

7.4 Cars containing newsprint, paper, glass commodities, T0FC, house traih6,livestock, open end carloads of lumber and open top carloads of machinely,presses, etc., must be shoved to rest, not permitted to roll free, nor shallany such car be coupled inio with more force than is iecessary to comphtecoupling.

7.5 Insulated joinh at charance points on sidings and yard lracks not protectedwith deralh are palnted YELL0W Enginenen and Tftinmen must be carelulio see that locomotive and cars are Ieft clearofthese i0inh in orderio avoidinisrference lvilh signals.

7.6 Yard and/0r Road Conductors and Brakemen must see that all hand brakesare released beforc their train or movemenh depad from teminals.The use 0f {eet in applying or releasing hand brakes is prohibited.For the purpose 0f making room, \,|lhen s\,litching cars, rnembeB 0f the crenl'lill not release hand bmkes while other members 0f lhe crel,ll are swiichingca6 into thetrack.

7.7 0n Passenger and Mixed Trajns, vrhen the car immediately ahead 0f thefirst passenger carrying car is 0f the non-diaphGgm iype, ihe tail gate,chain, or crossbar at the forward end 0f the passengel carrying car shouldbe kept in dosed position while the train is in motion.

7.8 When coupling cars on scale, impact must not occur at speed in excess of2 mjles per hour Cars musi not be run over live rail at speed in excess of4 miles per hour. Can must not be stopped violently on scale, 0r leftstand_ing on live mil, excepi when weighing. Air bmkes 0r blockiig lnder car\,vheels must not be used t0 siop cars on scale. Loconotive must not runover live rail except when lnavoidable. After weighing sting of cars, 0nscale eq0ipped with dead rail, entire string of cars must not be pulled olerscale. Cals should be cut at fi6t coupling beyond dead rail switch point,pull over scale to dead lail slYitch at opposile end and use dead rail lrack

(continled on Paae 1a)

Page 19: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

18

TIMETABLE NO. 2 _ APRIL 29th' 1984

SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (Continued)(continued rrom Pace t7)

7 EqUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS (Continued)

t0 couple and pull clear balance oi cals or ira:n Sritches must be l:ned forthe de;d rails ;ver irdck suaks when scnles are not in use.

7.9 When iemperatures are near or below fieezing' condensation must be blownfrom tlain line hose 0I locomotive by a member oflhe crew before couplingto tmin. This must be done inthe minner prescibed in GT Salety Rule 1306'

7.10 observalion of Trains lor Defects Railroad Fleight Car Safely Slandards'AL Doints whele cars ar picLed up !rhi(h fave not bPen Dleviously inspechdbv; Car Insoe(io', lra n clews rust ascertain that they are sa{e I0r move'nient,In compliancev,ith U.S. Deparlmenl oI Transportal:on, Raikoad FreightCarSaiety Standads, Part 215, asfollows:At each locauon where a freight car h placed in a tain and a Car lnspectoris not on dutv fo'lhe pu'p6se oi inspecL'ng freight cars, the lreight carshall. as a m nimum, be inapected ior the imminently hazardous conditionlisted belol,v that are likely lo cause an accident oI casualty beiore [he trainarrivesat lsdest:naiion(1) CafBody

(a) Leaning or listed ioside(b) Sagging dolvnlvard.(c) Positioned improperlyon truck(d) object diaggingbelow.(e) object extendingfrom side.(0 DoorinsecurclYatiached.(g) Broken or nissingsafely appliaice.(h) Lading leakinglrom a placarded hazardous materialcar'

(2) InsecllrecouPling.(3) 0verheaied wheel or ioumal.(4) Broken 0rexiensively cracked wheel(5) Bnke thaifailsio release.(6) And othel appaientsafeiy hazard likely to cause an accident oI casualty

before the train adves ai ils destination.

open iop loads, including tlailers and containers on ilat ca$, must nothive lad ng sr l led orsecurenenls loose 0r missing.Where width or height of a car 0r lading appears close to clealance lines,jt must be known that the movement has been clearcd with the pr0perauthority and in accordance wilh Special lnstruction 711f'e:aht ca's carrrinq bad order lags,lhal arc sale fot movement, may betake-n in trarn toihe po:nt where lepails are to be made. Copy 0f Fo'm 438,(Bad order Card), should be attached to waybill for car involved.AII crclll members must be informed of the presence oi the defective car inthe imin and oi movement restrictions shown on the Bad order CadThe movement of dimensional shipments on or foulofthe lMa;n Tlack mustnot be made until pemission has been received flom the Train Dispatcher$ho\,|lillarrangeJorproteciion}'henrequlred

7.11 Except for specially equipped cars, 0pen Top Cars that contain lading thatprohudes beyond the car ends or when any ofthe ladingthat extends above

(continuedonFaae 19)

Page 20: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

19

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th,lg84SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (Continued)

(conrinued frcm pa.e r3)

7 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS (Cont inued)

the car is liable to shift s0 as to protrude beyond the car ends, auto frameswiihout bulldeads open top gondolas containing coih of steel with the coilsprohuding above ihe car end willnot be placed nextto locomotive orcaboose.Plug-door cars musi not be moved uniilthe doors are closed and securcd,

7.12 All cars having a hand bmke which operates the brakes on ONE TRUCKONLY, must have the hand brake ieleased p 0r to movement, inspectingboth ends ofca(s), if necessary.

7.13 Danage occurs t0 jndushial gates because of the absence 0l adequate iasteners 0r lock, 0r defective fasienings. In the event such conditions areobserved, notify apprcpriah Trainmaster's oflice, giving full partic0lals sothat correctlve action can be taken prcmptly,

7.14 Whenever there are elecirically conirolled do06 that musl be raised to per-mitswitching inside building, fegardless ofwheiher doors are found 0pen 0rshut, be{ore locomotive or cars are moved through the dooruay, a memberof ihe crew must opemte the door conhols and assure himself that thedoor is ralsed to maximum height, except at industries wherc doors and derails are interlocked andlor operated by empl0yees 0fihat industry.

7-i5 Crews wiU not nake moves on prlvately ol,.Jned and maintained industrialsidings vllherc condition of track, improper care of vehicular crossings, oraccumulation of debris, ice or snow make it unsale to operate cars or loco-motives over such tGckage. When such conditions arc found, crews willmake inmed;ate repodto their Superuisor to perrnit handling for correc.tion.

7.16 When s}|liiching tracks which are stubbed, equipped with wheel stops orbumping posts, slop nust be made not more than 100 nor less than 50feet from end of track, \,!heel stops 0r bumping posts, and then movementnust not exceed 2 miles per hour the remaining distance.

7.17 The stakingof cals is pfohibited.

7.I8 To comply with the Inierstate Commerce Commission in ExPade 285 -"lMaintenance 0l Records Perlaiiing to Denurage, Detention, and oiher Re'laled Accessorial Charges by Rail Common Cariers oJ Prcperty," sets foriha fequirement for a Conducto/s Report which rnust contain ihe iollowinginfomation:(1) The daie and time cals are placed at or removed 1r0m kacks serl/ing

each industry, Iocation ot each consignor or consignee, induding butnot limited to industrialsiding, industial intsrchange tacks and s!blicdelivery (team) hacks.

(2) The locomoiive number ortrain ldentiiication.

(3) The name ofthe employee makingthe rcport.

(4) The initial and number of each rajlrcad freight car, and wheiher it wasloaded oremptyatthe time placed 0r removed.

(5) Whether each carwas placed 0r removed.

(6) The indentificati0n, bynameornumbel, of each siding or ieam tnck andspot location thereon.

Grand Trunk $ill utiliz€ fom GT-853'D, Condlcto/s Work Report io saiisllth ispartoftheorder

(conrinued on paae 20)

Page 21: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th' 1984

SPECIAL INSTRIJCTI0NS (Continued)(continued tiom paee 19)

7 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS(Continued)

Each Yard and Road Conducior who perfonns Industrial Switching llllill beresoonsible that the above mentioned toms are complete in every detailand tuned in to the prcper pelson atthe end oftheiriour 0f dutyto ensurethat proper recolds can be mainlained

7.19 l ln i l Ia:ns of esidual o: l t fat are made up n l5 car segnPnts inlPlco' l_' ;pchd by large ilexibh hose must be I'andled as Io lotrs during sltilch'ngor in case of a bad ordercar:(l) Befo e maling a coup'ing, siop murt i:lsi be mdde noL lpss than 6 feet

and not more-than Ii leet lrom lte po nt $here coupling is lo be made'

(D lf a bad order must be sei out, it llyill be iecessary to sd out the en-tire sesment connecled by the Ilex'ble hose lJncoupling must be radebet\,!ee; can lvficl' d0 not have lhxibre hose coupled

( lf one or morc of lhese segnenls arc set out' Tmin Dispatcher musi be' notified promptly, giving him fullpar!culars.

(4) Train Dispatcher lljill advise Equipnrent Departmeni to make immediatereDalrs.

7.20 couplingRegulations:wnen cou0rin{ a lo(oroi ive cons qt ol 3 o nore 'o!0l ol ive( to a I ainor tr l o i iar ' ]a stop must i is l be rade bel$Pen 6ard l2 hPl i rom p0intofcouPling.(a) Bdore makinga couplngio passengerequ pmenloroutf t cac l la l may'

be o(upied, atop nust llrsl be rnade r0{ less than 6 feet and nol molethan 12leet from the polnl\ahere couplingist0 be made.

(b) When coupling cars, speed of 4 mihs per hour at lime ol coup ing rust' notbe exciededt0avoid ddmaget0 equipmenland lad ng

7.21 T0 guard against danage t0 eqoipment or iniuryto emphyees or 0the6, ca$eou]DDed tith tie-down chains must not be moled until chains ale propellyse;uhd in a mannerthatlhev can notialloff and drag.

On cals equipped with storage boxes, chains musf be storcd therein whennot in use,0n cars eouilDed with chain( attached lo lop of siakes chains musl be sus'pended:ni idis lahe and posi l ioned beird relain ng bar when nol:n use

7.2? When coupl;ng up lracht makilg dot,bles pchuDs set ouls tefo'e a col'oline s made w:lh oI on to calslllllh curh:on underlrames and/or long shanK'coui lers.

rhe d a*ba' mu\l bp ! lerhed lo insure lhat hey arP Droperlvlined up. Whenever possible this type of car should be left on siraight trackiorcouPl ing.

7.23 Cnnes handled in a irain rnust be inspecled before leaving a ierminal andllvhenever Draclical enr0ute lo insu e all l'edolvn and locking leatures are inplace Lo prevent any novement ttat coLld loul other lrachr o'equipmenlidiacentto the hack on which moving

7.24 All dead or isolaied locomotives, indudingforeign locomoiives, belng movedin train musi be handled nexi behind operating uniis.llnitsthat are capableoi mtl lo le unit s.ruic ' wl l be coupled l l i ih nul iple uni l hoses a1dloriumper iables t0 ihe operat ng un ls Those 1ol equ:pped 'or nuliiole unilaervlce l/lill be coupled with imin line.

(continued on paae 2I)

Page 22: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TTMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 2gth,1g84 21

SPECIAt INSTRUCTI0NS (Continued)(continued from paee 20)

7 EqUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS (Continued)

i,25 FI.A}i4MABLI COIIIPRESSED GAS - STATE ()F OHI|)I. CaIs loaded with Flammable Compressed Gases shall be handled in ac.

cordance with ihe Deparhnent of Transporiation regulai;ons under "Posi-tion in Train of Loaded placarded iank cars" as outlined in hazadousmaterial instructions.

2. Tmins handling cals 0f Flammable Compressed Gas must not exceed aspeed of 15 [4PH through vrllages and lol,vns.

3. Tank cars containing Flammage Compressed cas shall not be cut oif inmotion. (Shove to rest.)(A) Car or cals moving under their own nomeniun shall noi be allowed

to strike tank cals containing Flammable Compressed Gas.(B) Caror cals shallnot be coupled into tank cars conlaining Flammable

Compressed Gas with more force than is necessary to complete ihec0uplrng.

4. Cars loaded with Flamnable Conpessed Gases will not be humped.

SPECIAL NOTE:(A) Loaded cals can be ideniilled by a notation on the Waybill l1hich will

read, "Flamrnable Compressed cas";this noiation \,villdiciate the abolehandling Drccedurc.

(B) The conductor and/or the agent or clerk will advise lhe Chief Dis-patcher's offhe rhen a car js to be moved and the dispatcherwill issuenecessary instftrctions regarding speed restrictions through villages andtolllns,

HOT BOX AND DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTOR SYSTEM

8,1 TRACKSIDE RIADOUT

A display board will indicate the exaci location of a suspecled hot box orlvill indicate n0 hot box is found. The display b0ard has 4 alarm lights.When a tmin approaches the hot box detecior, the engineman will noti&the conductor by ftdio. The coiductor will obsepe the display board alierpassing the boad. lf no hot boxes have been deiected, ihe board will rcad"000" and ihe conductor l/vill so advise the engineman when ihe caboosepasses the display board. lf the display board indicates olher than "000",ihe conductor rnusi rad:o the engineman to stop the train for inspection.ln lhe event ol communications failure the conductor willtake apprupriateaction to stop the tain.lf an overheaied joumal has been detected, ihe dhplay boad will indicatethe number of axles irom the hot box to ihe end ofthe train. For examDle.I23 indicates 123 axles irom the rear ot the hain to lhe overheated jourial.

The lpper right alam light will flash wjth a warm joumal on ihe right rail.The upper leftalam light \,!illflash ifthe l,varm journalis on ihe left rail.lfboth upper leftaid upper right alarm lighh areflashing, il indicaies a warnioumalon boih sides oftrain.

Page 23: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

22

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th' 1984

SPECIAL INSTRIJCTI0NS (Continued)(continued rrcm page 21)

8 HOT BOX AND DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTOR SYSTEM (Continued)

The uooercenler alalm and upper right alarm flar5 ng ind cales tl,yo oI morevrarm r;urnah on lhe r iSf{ s ide 0i lhe tr . in. l fe axle couni w l l be l r0m lhefrst l ; ' bo{ to lhe Ieal of lhe l ra:r ' Sin: lar ly the upper lFft alarm dnd lheupper modla alarm Lash'ng i ld icales l l l lo oI more l larm lournals 0n Inele{tside oftrain.

lJ all thlee upper alarm lights are flashing, there are at Ieast three uarmior,rnah (one bn one side and lr ,o 0r nore on lhe olher side) ' w l l axlelounfai usua'trom t\e ' int 10' box delecled on et\e a: l to the lear 0fthetmin.

A s0ecial a'd m belollv t're disp'a] board lllill be stpaorly ll and ihe upperlert and r's\t a,armt \vll llash 1,lll-en dlaggrng equ pnent 6 delPcted andihe axle coirnt llly'l ndrcate [ 0m dragging equ'pmenl loca[ on lo tfie end 0ltheimin.When there has been a Hot Bo\ 0I Dlagging Lquiprent ndrcaliof the '?r

involveo as,xel l as 5,a's ahead ard 5 c"rs beh'rd t \e mr indicalPd mLst beinspecled {or hoi box\or dmggingequipment.

Resulls of such inspeciions made must be rcported prompily to the TrainDispatcher.

SINGLEDETTCTOR

A steadv burn ns $h'tp ighl localed on lfe hack side 0l equ pneni houteindicatei hol boi oeloao a d e opera'iue l lia I g'rl ;s e(l ngui\led a cre'r'rrenbe'* i l i rnPd. 'elv nol i ry fre lmf Dispahher so lhdt t \e i l ' tdration can be inspected by rnaintenance torces

D()UBTE DETECTOR

A slpady brn ng i8hl lor.ted on 'llllasl of bot'l La\ll./ard ard Wesllva dfot bofdelectoIs, nd;cates hol box deledor is ope al ive. l f l fe rPspetL' /eIphLs ale e) l rqu'sled, a cIP$ member * l l InredlalPly n01'y l rP l"alnDispalcfer so lh;t ife installal:on can be inspeclFd by ma ntenance 'orces

Wheneve'dduerse l/ledll'er (0nd i ols ,imil v sibil'ty,lr"lns lv ll reduce speedsuff ienl lv at ar l tol box detectors equipped t i l l lh dsplay boards lo al l0wcrelll on ;ar ol tra n lo lead ind cat on on lfe display board.

ll brakes must be applied io reduce speed by detector site, application andrelease must be made sufll:enily in advdnce Lo pefin i (omplete brale re_lease pr 'o ' to \ead end of i la n Ieacf ing hol bo{ dei€clor ' so t fdl heatsensor will not be fahelv aclivaied.

See Subdi!ision f ooinoles f or locati0ns

8,2 TRAII{ DISPATCHER RETI)()UT

When a hot bo( or dragg ng pqu'pmPnt 0eteLlor systen indicalet a possib'eabn0rmalsi tuaton,:nmeorale cortacL l ,v l lbF Irade with the traln nvolved'iy radio or other means, io advlse of one orthe other of the follol,ving con-ditions:

V{ARNING - Therc is evidence of a possible overheated jounal 0n thekain. While lenDeralure nd:.alion is not sLfficienlly h:gh lo mahe imme_diale stoD nPcessa y, il'e car must be hepl urde! close 0bserua'0n andmust be lnspected should hain be stopped for any other reason

(continued oi pase 23)

Page 24: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

23

T|METABLE No" 2 - APRIL 29th, 1944SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (Continued)

(continued rrom F3ge 22)

8 HOT BOX AND DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTOR SYSTEM (Continued)

When a !,l,arning is received aithe last deiector prior io afriving at a Ter-miial, the Train Dispatcher l{lll ensure ihat an inspedion is rnade immed;hly on arrvalby:(1) EqujprneniDepariment.(2) lf no Equipmeni Department on duly, by outgoing crew if already on

0ury.(3) lf outgoing crew not on duty, inspedion will be made by ihe incom'

Ingcrew.A{ter inspection has been nade the Tmin Dispatcher musi be notiiied andrnake record oi results,TRAIN IMUSI BE ST0PPED - There is evldence ol dragging equlpment0r of exirems journal temperaturc lvhich fequires ihat ihe train beST0PPED l[rl]MEDIATELY l0 pemli journal inspect 0n 0f ihe car involved.

In all cases crew ,'l,ill be properly lnformed as to locatlon of car in the trainand, \,!here appr0priate, the suspeci journal- lfjournah on the car identliedappear to be normal, inspection must be made of at least FIVE cals aheadand behind journal indlmted.When there has been a DRAGGING EQUIPMENT lNDlCATl0N, the car in-volved as r'/e I as FIVE cars ahead and behind nrust aho be inspected iorpossibh overheated journals.

ResuLh ol such inspections made must be reported promptly to Train Dispatcher.

Tralns and engines passing over Hot Box and Dragglng Equipmeni Deiectolsmust shut of i automatic sandels and musi not use manual sanders unUl theengine consist is clearofthe deiecior.See Subdiv sion {ootnotes f0r l0cailons.

3.3 In sei t ing Dut "hot boxes," packng must be puled and comp etely ext ingulshed before train proceeds. Carelul inspecl on oi area near lhe hot journalmust be made to be surc ihat no part 0{ the car has caught on {ire.

Bad order cars set out enrouie, at points lvhere ihey can be driven t0 byhuck euqipped io make repalrs and t0 change wheels, unkss it involvedswlhhing of cars spolted.

8.4 H()T BOX AND DRAGGING EQUIPMENT DETECTORS _ FI.AT ROCX SUB.Dtvtsl0NWhen a h0t box is deiected, a rotatjng !,vhite beacon signal located on eachequ pment house and a flashing white light on the wayside indicators atRig&[,ldam0ra site, {iill be actuated. ]n this event, ihe train lylll be broughtto a stop after movlng conpletely ovel lhe detector sile and the to}Yeroperator al the rcad-out station contacied by ftdio or other means of com.nunhalion to determine ihe hot box location. Upon obseruaiion and n0excepiion is taken io the reported defective car, a crew menber \ailL be re-sponsible {or observjng the journal conditions 0f five cars ahead and iivecars behind the repoded car, Crew membels musi observe the designaledsignals and take necessary aciion to stop train if detector indicates a holbox.See Subdlvision lootnotes f0f location.

(continuBd on pace 24)

Page 25: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

24

TIMETABLE NO. 2 _ APRIL 29ih' 1984

SPECIAI INSTRUCTIoNS (C0ntinued)(continued rrom paee 23)

8 HOT BOX AND DRACGING EQUIPMENIDETECTOR SYSTEM (Continued)

8.5 lf hot box and d.agging equipment detedors malfunctions, the train nust bestopped imnediately and the entire train inspected by members 0tihe crc\,vTrain Dispatcher musi be notiied at once.

8.6 When a ca(s) is reporled i}|,ice by a hot box detecior, ca(s) must be setout ai the lirstavallable Poinl.

9 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE

9.i Insulated i0ints at clearance poinls ior hightllay crossing protedion devicesare painted yello|/v.

9.2 (I) Al aossings lllfere aulomatic llash ng liShL ignals oI gates exist andsuch lyarning devi(es are actLaled by short Irach c rcu:t movementmust be stotped 0n such tlack circuit clear of the crossiig and noi beresumed until automatic warniog devices have been actuated at least20seconds.

(2) lf lhe crossing has aulomatic rYarning dev:ces but none 0n lhe lrackoccupied, stop lrill be made and, be{ore resum:ng movement, a mem_ber ofthe crew willwarn traffic in advance ofthe movement

(3) ltten a fain 0I engine and cats are parted to clear hiShllay c'ossingor is standing near such ct0sstng, a member ol cIe* rYill $aln tIafficwhei a irain or engine is approachiig oi an adjaceni irack.

(4) To avord unnecessary operation ot aulornalic highway cross ng signals' swihhes nust nol ba lelt open nor carc lelt stand:ng on lhe [4a:n lracklongpr ihan necessary $ithin opeiat:ng lmits of such s:gnah tthensvrachin{ movemenb are rade In such h(tory, every ehorl must bemade bitlainmen to avoid delay to highway trafiic.

(5) tmDlovees should observe lhe operation 0l automalic highl{ay crossing' sanala and report promplly lo lhe Train Drspalc\er any fa:lule to opetate properly.

(6) lo prolect rarlroad aga nst cla:ms by reason of slalement lhat signali lrere not lunclioning properly pr 0t to hiShtrdy cross'ng accidenhinuo,uins oLr tlains, elJery fl embel oi trarn clerl involved in such cross'ins accidenls \r!heri ani lype oi rarnrng devices are involved shouldm;ke an eraninalion of lhe signal to deternine whelher or not tle s;gnal was actually operating prior to accident lf train has passed out ofthe circuit before it is bought to a slop under no circumstances n0siloin proceed r,vithout lilst backing onto signal circuit t0 make a testand so indicate in the report that such a test uas tnade. Crel/v menbe6should obtain names and addresses 0f persons wilnessirlg test.

(7) See Subdivision footnotes forinstructions to be used overspecilic cross_ings.

(8) S{iich Key Contrcl Instructions:Al some crossings, "Switch Key Conkolkrs" are plovidedi these arcDa:nted velloI1, one l0cated on lhe end oi the intlrumeni (ase, the olher;n lhe iate mechanism on the opposite side of lhe trachs The 'Con'

trolhr"lhat is localed adiacenl lo each lrack h for use lvith a kain'engine and/or cars occupying that track only. With the track occupied,aplroachingthe crossing in either direction and not occupying the tracl{thiough the strcet (between the yellow insulated joinh), the gates

(coniinued on Paae 25)

Page 26: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRTL 29th, 1984SPECIAT INSTRUCTI0NS (C0ntinued)

(continuod fiom paee 24)

9 PUBLIC CROSSINqS AT GRADE (Continued)

nay be raised by insertingswitch key jn the conircllerforthe track thatis occupied, tuning tlte key to the right and holding it for an insiantuniil the gates start to ise and then removing the key immediately.When occupying bolh kach, insert key in the controller for oie track,turn keyto the rlght for a second, remove and followthe same procedurein the other controtler. lmmediately after both coltolhrs have beenoperated, the gates should raise. Do lot hold key in ihe ight positionlonger than a second in either controlhr. After the gates have beenraised in this manner, they may be lolvered by inserting the swiich keyin the same contruller for fte track that is occupied, tun;ng the key tothe right, holding the key until the gates stad to lower and then remov-ing the key. The warning devices willthen go to automatic operation.The warning devices can be operated manually, when tnck circuils arenot occupied, by inseding ihe switch key, tuming to the right, andleaving the key. To siop lhe waning devices remove the key.

€) PullButton Cdnkol lnsklctions:At some crossings a yellow box with pull buttons mafted "ST0P" and"START" is located on each end of the insirument case. Box 0n one endof case is for use with irain on Main Track 0n thatside of crossing ardbox on other end of case is for use }vith lrain on lvlain Track on thatside of crossing. After lslng "ST0P" pullbutton to shui oifilashing lightsignah, use "START" pull button to restad signals for movement overthe crossing, otherwise flashing light signals \aill reved to aotornaticopention when train is clear 0f track circuit or when train occupiesthe shod sheet circuit oJ the Main Track.All crossings where either type conkoller is provided must be opemtedin rccordance with these inskuciions,This method of protecting crossings where automatic warning devicesare in seflice should be used in order to permlt motorists to cleafcrossings without danger to then 0r to tmin penoinel. Theae shouldbe no necessity to go onto the staeet or highlray to flag.

9.3 Except forthe purpose of giving signals for operation 0rto prevent accidentsounding of engine {histle by any engine in rcspect to public crossings atgrade is prohibited. (This special inshuction 0nly applies at locations spe'c;tied).

9.4 When questioned by Police oflicers ielatve t0 blocking of public crossingat grade or for any other reason, th€ employee should ifirnediately advisethe ofJicer 0f the facts surroundingih€ prcbhm. If requircd io identify him-self io the officer, tie employee should immediately do so coudeously andto the oflicels' satisfadion.

9.5 Ernployees must make every effort to prevent a car or loconotive trom 0ccupying any part of a public crossing at gmde consttent with state law ormunrcrpal 0rdlnance.

10 AIR BRAKE INSTRUCTIONS10.1 When air brakes arc placed in se ice prior to rnaking switching movements

in private sidings, industries, team t.acks, between yards, etc., a s!fllc;entpeiod of time nust be allowed to peinit ihe train line and resefloir lo befully charged, so that full bmking power can be obtained.

(continued on F.se 26)

Page 27: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

26

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th' 1984

SPEGIAL INSTRUCII0NS (Continued)(conrinuedrmr P.ee 25)

10 AIR BRAKE INSTRUCTIONS (Continued)

W\en auxiliary clanes, hosts, pile drivels, sno$ plows' splealels' passenge'coaL\e( ol oiher equipment are placed 0n tulntables a r blahes 0I landbrakes rnust be applied or such equipment properly blocked beiorc eigineis uncoupled t0 irisure full control and safe handling.

Air brakes must be in service lrlhile sl/vilching occupied. passenger equip_ment, aho lvhile srY;lching equipment on or o1l oc'upled passenger equ p'ment,When having cars al any point with air in seflice. air brahes musl be placedin emeraencv and left appliPd. Aflet engine is cut al/yay' angle cocl{ 0n carfegin cu'l aiay trom mrisi m closed. This does not supelsede lhe require'rnentsofGToR Role 112. (follo}lins comDleton of air lest, at any terninal, Car Inspectors will giveverbal ldDort t,r tle tnginernan and the Conductol oI in his absence thefiasnan. that train is rP;dv. After rehase ot lrain by Car Inspector il l/vill beihe'resDdnsibil:lv of Conductor0r Flagmanto convey "ploceed" s'gnallo thehead end 0l lrain. ln the event ol etcept:onally long trains or'nclemenluealher cond l'ons, eic., Yardmasiers wil" by the use 0f tle inielcom sys'tem or radio, assisi in the iiterplelali0n 0f signals

10.2 When ai brahes lail or become disabhd on (a(s) in a tra n $l'cl is en'route, and lhe aiI cannot be by passed' ihe ca(s) rilh the inopelatrue allbrakes may be m0ved to the Jirst available set out point.

Such movements mlst be nade wiih CAUTIoN and at a speed iot to ex'ceed 10 miles Perho!r.

11 DIESEL INSTRUCTIONS

11.1 mNDlTIo -No.I

Lea!ing Diesel Locoriotives, Unaltended:(1) Placethroitleat"idle"positi0n.(2) Apply independent bnke.(3) Place lrantiton selector at "ofl ' posit on.(4) Placerevelserhverin"neutial"posit ionandremove(5) Place generaioriield s\,vitch at "open".(6) Dim headlight.(7) holate Iocomotiveof locomoiives(8) Apply Hand 8lake.

mND 0N-N0.2Leavinp Diesel Locomotives Wilh [ngine Running - Desel locolol ivessecurei tn such nanner as lo pe mil anothel 'ocomolive to coJp e l0 il ardalter coupling up the b€ke pipe hose, the brake could be conkolled on iheunmanned l0comotive orloconotives; Irom thetolringlocomouve.

(1) holate loconotive orlocomotNes(2) Place throttle at "idle" positi0i.(3) Make 20 P.s.l. rcduction oJ bake pipe pressure vlith the autonatit

brake as follows:(a) z4Rlbrake:

(i) Close blake PiPe cutoutcock(contin!.d on Fase 27

Page 28: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

27

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, L984SPECIAt INSTRUCTI0NS (Continued)

icontinued rrom Fae 26)

11 DIESELINSTRUCTIoNS(Continued)(i i) Placeautonaticbrakevalvehandh in'tunning"posit ion.(iii) Independent bmkevalve handh in'tunning" p0sition.

(b) 26 L brake:rr) I t l . lJ.2Avalvp lo "cuiout ' 0osi i ,0r.(ii) Independent brake valve handle in 'tunning" p0sition and

removehandle.(iii) Automatjc brake valve handle ;n "handle off" posiiion and

Tenove nan0te_(4) Tmnsition leverin "off" positi0n.(5) Revene hverin "neutral" and rcmove.(6) Generatorfieldswitch "oJf".(7) Extinguish alllights exceptlhose necessary for safely.(8) Apply hand brake.(9) The cutout cock to the safeiy control loof pedal rnust be closed 0n

Yard Swiicher Locomotives including 1500 Class Locomotlves.

C0ND|T|0N - No.3Leal/ing D esel Locorn0tjves, due t0 lailure, l/\,th eng ne not iunnlng - pre,pared fortoll:

(1) holate locomolil/e orloconotives.(2) lfiempeGture is belo\r Jreezlng, englne must be properly drained.(3) 0pen all switches includlng main battery slYitch. Except that nraln

battery swiich and turbo lube oil pump circuli brcaker must be leftclosed on 5900, 6400, 400, 350 and 6350 Class locomotives. Thesealed cutoui cock t0 fhe F.A, magnet must be closed.

(4) Pkce tmnsitlon sehcior in "off" posiiion, reveaer in "neuhal" andremove handles,

(5) Apply hand brake.(6) The dead locomotive cutout cock must be opened unLess the nain

reservoir or relaied piping is daftaged, in which case it musi not beopened. The main reseruoirs must be draiied to 35 P.S.l. 0r belo1rbefore open:ng dead locomouve cutout cock.

(7) The bmle pipe cutout cock mlst be closed with 24RL bmke. The KzArotairvalve mustbe hft in "passengel'service position.

(8) The M.U. valve on 26.1Brake nustbe in dead posiiion.

T0 deternine the accuracy oi the speed recorder, speed riLl be checked byenginemen at locations betlIeen signs identified by two diagonal yell0\Istripes on a white background.

In loc0m0tive consisis, all lead locomotives s0 equipped t{lll display iherevolvlng yel low or sirobe l ight. l f ih is l ight is jnoperatve or ih€ lead 0c0'motive is not equipped the revolving yellow o. shobe light 0n ihe bailinglocomotive or loconotives equipped must be in servlce.

Bachljp and For\,vard Pushing lMovemenis (Freight Equjpment):To prevent jack knillng 0{ diesel locomotives during bachup and foruardpushing movements, n0 more than 12 powered axhs will be used.

(continuedon pa8e 23)

11.3

'\1.2

11.4

Page 29: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

2A

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th' 1984

SPECIAt INSTRUCTI0NS (Continued)(conlinu€dfrom paae 27)

11 DIESELINSTRUCTIONS(Continued)

ll 0ossible. locomotves allolved l0 lYork nusl be tho\e leading i1 lhe di'ec'r io; 0t ihe movement nprl lo can and t l "en the l ra l lng locorot ive 'any

must be isolated until movement completed.

11.5 The maxinom nunber ol working locomotives peflnilted in any consist isrest cted to 24 moiorized axles

Il.6 A las bearinq the $ords "N0N CoI!|PLYING LOC0|M0TIV[" mtrsl be securelv-- - itriir'ra toit, Itotaion stlilch of a ddective locomolve [o be moved intrain

The enqineer'n clalge oi a delecliue locomot:ve to be moved must be noti:et in'wiriine ana he"must inform all 0ther crel! membels posrLioned in lheci l oi i t re t i ia 'otomotive, t t 'a i a deleLl ive non cornplying loconolve:s. :ntfe'r consist and must also nolify lhem the maximun speed lfe un I ran Demoved,

11.7 Locomotivedefecisdevelopedenroute:(a) A lo(omolive that devel0ps a non corplying c0ndilion Pnr0ule.may c0n'

jinue t0 be utilied lo the next ma nlenance polnl where IepalIs can Denade.

(b) No4 (omply:rg tags I1i . lbP suppl ied 0ntac\ loc0motive oi a l0com0l i /econsist and nist

-be p operly llled out by lhe tng'reer and seculoly al'

i "ched lo lhe $olat on slr : l 'h ola deh' tve loconot 've. In additr0r ' tnelead locomotive o{ the locornotile consist must have a duplicate tagattached to the isolation sv/itch

12 FUSEE AND TORPEDO STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS

12.1 (I) tocation - Slo-age locatons musl be {ree ol co'llam:nallng oJ afd/ol- - ;;il;;", boih ;f which can a'fect lfe proper functioning 0l bothslgnals.

(2) Duration - Storage either jn stores faciliiies or in Locomotves 0r ca'' ' hooses must not eixceed 3 ],ears Both fusees and torpedoes lhat halebeen on hand in excess of this 3 year period must be withdrawn fronse lce and Properly destroyed-

fusees must not be used for signaling porposes her€ hand or lantern signah would suiiice.

13 FIRE PREVENTION INSTRUCTIONS

l3. i Dr ' .nq d Y weatherlrhen soi l .nd vegelat:on c0n0it ions prevai l causng i l 'haTar;s. al l Tn,nmen. Ya'dTen, and t lg nPmen nusl be on lo0houl for l i rPalorg 'lhfof.l,vav. tng.nemen will operdle locomotive in such narner ato aioidl i res oeng't iaed bv locomotive exhausl or brakng act ion Reaend crews on tmina are in best position to detect fiesh iircs startlng anlmust not tv [ntinenan oi such conoftions WhPn a llte is detecled' t'ain 0vard noveheri musi be sropped and immed'ate action ta\pn Io edinguisihe i i re. Al l i rPs must bP reporled io the l rain Dispalcher l rom lhe ' i r :

av;ilable means of communiaation enabling Train Dispatcher to call FirDepJrtnent and/or Mainienance 0f Way Dept t0 extinguish lelative t0 ilcondition.

(cdntinu€d on Pase 2!

Page 30: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

29

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (Continued)

(cooiinued rrom pasa 23)

14 FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSTRUCTIONSi4.I lnstruciions for use.

(1) DryChemical (B.C)Iype(locornoiives)-For0i landElectr ical Fires.(a) Removefrom brackei- Caffyt0 iire.(b) Free hoseand/orpl l l r ingpin.G) Push leverdolrn.(d) Squeeze noalehandle.(e) Directat base of lire lrith sweeping motion.

(2) Dry Chemical (B C) Type (Cabooses 'Small Buildings) - For oil andElectricalFircs.G) Removefr0m brackei -Cafiy to {ire.(b) Prl l ngpiniJsoequipped.(c) Aim atbase oifire,squeeze handle.

(3) Water Type (A) Pump Tank (ofiices ' Depois) - For W00d, Paper Fires_ DO NOI USE ON ELECTRICAL FIRES,(a) Carryto Jire.(b) Place {oot on holder at boitom oftank.G) Aim hose at fire.(d) Pumphandle upand dolvn.

(4) Water Type (A) Soda Acid (Offices ' Depols - For Wood . Paper Fires.DO NOT USI ON ELECTRICAL FIRES.

G) Remove from bracket- Carryto fire.(b) Tlrn upside dol/vn.(c) Hold by boitom handle.(d) Aim hose at fire.

15 INJURIES AND ACCIDENTSi5.1 Employees sustaining personal injury w ll verbally rep0rl t0 a supervisor as

soon as pmclicable. Verbal repod is to be nade io the superuisor in chargeat point l,vhere employee is injured, lerbal repod must be nade to supel.visor in charge oi area orierminal,

An employee susta ning an injury must conplde Iniiial report in accordancewith GT Safety Rule I00l be{ore leaving company premises when physicallyable to do so. Ii physlcally unable, Conductor and/0r Engineer will reportinmedialely to the proper authority.

ALL CASES OF PERSONAL INJURY, ACCIDENT, OR DAMAGE TO PROPERNN1UST BE REPORTID ON PROPER FORI{ AS SOON AS PRACIICABLE OR BE-FORE LEAV]NG COIVIPANY PROPERTY.

!6 INSTRUCTIONS FOR INJURIES TO PERSONSOTHER THAN PASSENGERS AND EMPLOYEES

, lO.t 1t; In providing or helping provlde mediml care for injured pelsons, lhe; millvay acts lor humanitarian reasons only and in no case shall such

assistance be regarded as an admission of liability on iis pad.

) (coolinued on paga3o)

Page 31: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (Continued)(continued frcm page 2e)

16 INSTRUCTIONS FOR INJURIES TO PERSONS OTHERTHAN PASSENGERS AND EMPLOYEES (continued)

(2) The assistance of the railway in such cases of iniury i0 p€Eons on rail-llldv oremises, ol'ler lfan passFngers or FmplolePs, shall be lim led toth; r;nderine ol fi(l Aid. l rrst Aid" neans such ned cal seftrces asarc known to rclieve suffeing and t0 make ii safe {or an injured pelsonto be moved from the premis€s, lJnder n0 circunstances shall it neanthe perfomance of surgical operations, or the applicaiion oi elaboratedressrngs, sucl as i\e sotling ol [raclJles, etr

{3) The em0loveps handlins lhe case sha'l nahP evely ello'1 lo see lhat lheiniLred p":sor is pla, ed in lhe charge 0f ' enos or of mun c pal aut\bnr ies $ho shal l arrange tor any hospi lal l reat ' rent *hi 'h ' fe inruredoerson mav rcouire. Should friends or municipal authorities noi be;resent. ih, Transp0riation 0flicer on duty shall give the necessary in'atructions regarding the disposal ofthe inilred person

(4) Where i l has proted inpossble lo reach lr iends of lhe niu"d personor municiDalaulho tes, the Transportation 0flicercn duiy may arrange!o have tie iniured pe6on iakei by train to the nearesi poini lYher€ aseneral hosoital is to be lound. At ihe same lime, everyone concerned,includins the authorities of the hosptal in question, shall be informed0f the circumstances under which application for the admhsion of theDalien' is t0 be r ade and thal lle ra hvay as\umes no liabi ity lhere'ior. PariiculaIs of lhe arrangemeqls made s\all be given n t5e casualtyrep0lL

6) The instructions ol the Transporiation ofiicershall be given by message- and a coDv ofsuch inslructions shall be furnished io the Claims Deparl-nent witti the medical accounis colering the rendering of Fi|st Aid oro{ such oiher nedical seruices as may have been authorized.

(6) Fnpl0yees. $hen cal l ing a phyi i .n. shal l nol i ly t :m thai ihe (al l is forFllsl A d onlv and lhat the lailllvay shall noi be Iesporsibi 'or any sLb'sequent medical car€.

(7) Whei practicable, th€ se hes of a railway medical officer shall berequ$|1|0ne0

17 INSTRUCTIONS FOR GIVING INFORMATIONREGARDING ACCIDENTS OTHER THANE['PLOYEE INJURY CASES

i7. i Anv eno ovep l lho s i lvol , /eo, * i l le(ses, oI las any Llowledge o'any accdent in anlt uay ans ng ort ol the operalion ot oLI Ia lroad or

'nvolv'ng

(omDanv owned oI leased plopedy, equipmenl o 'vehicles, musl as s0on asreqiestad, give all inlolnation leldiing lherel0lo lhe company's CIa m Agenland to propie ly des gnaled company otl;cers and lrhen requested siSn surhslatpment bs being tiue. He nust not under any cilcumslances give any n'foralion whatsoever rPgarding such a(c dent to otle pe sons et!ept lhalhe nav oral lv ! ive suchlr 'ornaton t0 polce of l icers and roloners. 0lherpenons seekind such information sfou d be 'et?rred t0 the law or GenoalCIaims Depadment.

1A INSTRUCTIONS FOR GIVING INFORMATIONREGARDING ACCIDENTS INVOLVINGINJURIES TO EMPLOYEES

18,l Anv emD ovpe llv\o is involved, I tnes(es, or nas any krowledge of any accident in ar iv l ray ar is ing out ot t fe operal ion ol oul ral l load oI:nvolving

(contin!ed on PaEe31)

Page 32: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th,1984SPEGIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (Continued)

(coniinued rrom pase 30)

18 INSTRUCTIONS FOR GIVING INFORMATIONREGARDING ACCIDENTS INVOLVINGINJURIES TO EMPLOYEES (Cont inued)

company owned 0r leased propedy, equlpfieni or vehicles, nusi as s00n asrequested, gil/e all inlomailon rekting ibereto to the company's ClaimAgent and to properly designated conpany oiiicers and when requesiedsign such statements as being true.

i9 INSTRUCTIONS FOR FATALITIES

19.1 in mse of death on trains, ihe usual pr0pfieiies musi be obserl/ed and theCorcner (or County offher pedorming the duiies of C0roner) notilied. Thebody must be removed as soon as possible to a proper place and left incha€e 0i an employee of ihe railroad until the Coroner (or Countv ojiicerperforming lrre duL es oI C0ronpr) arr ives. l f t le body is ac.onpan ed by anaitendant, he 0r she sho!ld be consulted and his or her l/yishes rcspected.Prompl report must be nade io the Supeintendent.

The Coroier of the Dishict or the nearcsl police 0fficer shall be notified assoon as possible of any accident l,vhich proves immediately fatal.

lf the body of a person is lound 0n or near the right.of.way by employees,or a pe6on is killed in train operations, a guard shall be lelt lyith the bodyuntil ihe C0roner or the police have been notjfied and instruciions obtainedas t0 disposal. The body should noi ordinarlly be nioved from ihe placewhere it ltlas found unless permission has iirst been obtained from theCoroner 0rthe police to do so bui if jt is apparent thatsuch pemission can.not be 0btained without undue deky and the body is in such a position asto preuenl irains fron pasifg. ile body nay bp noved out of ile lrayai i . r i is cord'L 'oI and postor fave been noled ior lhe nlormal;on oi theCoroner and Police. This is parlicularly important where the deaih appearsto have been due to {oulDlav.

Employees will NoT search the body for identification or address. If un-known, report totheSuperintendentwi l lsostate.

Page 33: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No' 2 - APRIL 29th' 1984WESTWARD TRAINS

FIRST CLASS

355 353 351

s 1345 s 1940

355 353 351 67

WESI$ARDI{AXIMUI{ SPEEDS

Westward movenents with the curentof tnffic.

Miles Per HourReg lil/LPsgr l/M Frt

Maximum sDeed entireSuhdivision . .. . 65 60

178 .6 .176 .1 . . . . . . 40 40i76.7 South Track . 30 30i76.7175.5 . . . . . . 40 401 i5 .5 {52 .2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 60l52.2VicksburgCurve ... 401 s 2 . 2 - 1 0 1 . 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 6 010 I .1 -99 .5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 9 . 5 . 9 8 . 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 098 .6 .98 .5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 8 . 5 - 7 I . 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 071.1 0ver Railway Crossing

a l g € d e . . . . . - . . . . . 4 07 1 . 1 . 5 i . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 057 .0 -54 .8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 4 . 8 - 5 2 . 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 052.8-52.5 over Railway

Crossingat grade .. . . 4052.6.50.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b05 0 . 4 S e d l e y . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5s0 .4 .36 .1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6036.1 over Ra;ll,vay Crcssing

a t g r a d e . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 03 6 . 1 . 2 5 . 2 . . . . . . . . . . . 6 025.2 ovel RailwayCrossing

a i g m d e . . . . . . . . . . .2 5 . 2 . 2 0 . 8 . . . . . . . . . . . .2 0 . 8 - 1 9 . 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .r c . 1 .n .8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.8 over Railway crossing

a t g l a d e . . . . . . . . . . . .11.8-9.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

25604560

5060

55403040554055zrl552855

40553555

4055

55

40

25554555

5055

l{oremenls alainst currentol tnllic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

At locations vlherc speed restrictioNare less than 49 miles Perhour, th€lowe! speed restrictions will apply

titAxrMU[,t col{DlTl0NAt SPEEDSilePerHoul

174.9 Utton Avenue Bridge200.250 Ton Auxiliary cranes. - 1(

101.199-5 Through Crcssovers il30.6.9.3 The f ollowing is an exceOt

irom the Illinois Commerce Com_mission 0rder of SePt. 23, 1970:"Where train speeds in excessoi ihidv 30 miles Per hour areperrnrlted in the Stale of lllinois,the {ollol'ling will govern:No irain,ihe consht ofwhich in_chdes a car ot cars containinlllammable, conPressed gaseswhich hale moved for a distanceof morc thanthirtyJive 35 milesJrom any classification Yard, terminal or maiorinterchange Pointwilhoui being inspected visuallYor electronhallY, shall not Passthrough any incorpolated vjllage,town, or city at a speed in ex'cess oJ twenlyJive 25 miles Perhour."These instructions govern opela'iion in the State of lllinois onlY.

|jllaximum speed colunn {or M/Ll/1,4 trains applies onlY to tminsconshting of solid ll4ulti Level, In-iemodal T0FC.CoFC trains or com-binations thereol

Page 34: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29ih, 1984

SOUTH BENDsuBDtvtst0N

5€=5

CENTRAI- STANDARD TIME

STATIONSrcr. with Frint sub. I

. . . - . . E l lMETlSrREEt . i .P

\ . . . . . . . 8 m 0 N . . . . . . . 1 . . P . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . .

1: r"*i,'" ] "o | ",]/ 9 " T ! , . l ' . 1 . .\ . : . 0 f f 3 ' . l * ' I . 1 ., . . . . . . . . c o R r ) . . . . . . . 1 . . p . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . 1 . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .6 ' i . . . . . . . . . 1 . .o . . . . . .1 . . . . . * ' 1 . . . . .

- . . . . . t i t c l t s T h t E t . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . .:. rci. wiin cR

I

. . . . . . . * , ' l loro . . . . . .1. . ' , . . . . l . " l : : l r. . . . . *J*ft," .. . . . .1.." . . l ". l ; ; ; ;". . . . . . . t o l i ^ ' . 0 . . . . l . . p x . . . l ' * l ; 3 : 3 ;. YrPrirrso .

] .Px

l rr4 l |330. . . . - . . . . . s l D u Y . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . l e 1 5 l 3 e s 0 !

E- r6ck beqini at M' easee.3.GroR Rures 2 ,r'r5J aopry berws!+ H'3r sr'eet and Ruhr'6r. b2 dpply on south

Page 35: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

34

TIMETABLE NO. 2 _ APRIL 29th' 1984

llIESIwlRD TRAII{S SOUTH BENDsuBDtvtst0N

CENTRAL STANDARD TIME

EISTWARD IRAINS

€ s= = it:

E_gSTATIONS

I" l

r3s.3

"tu0E

GroR Ruie 105 dppxcr betweenMain r.a.k besris at Mileac. eg,'i:.it''i",'i,1,;-.11'ff'b3:i-j:;li'i"*.":8i":J"":el%I;f,';;'',':"'u:if,;i; ;.;;;; *iet;;; v"tpaaBS - Movoment bv sien:l Indi.atron.

Page 36: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

35

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984EASTWARD TRAINS

FTRST CT ASS

64 354350 352

EASIWARDMAXIIiIUMSPEEDS

MilesPerHourReg M/t

lllovements against curerof lnftic - . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . 41,

At locations where speed reshictionsare less than 49 miles perhout theJollver speed restictions l,vill apply.MAXIMUI{ CONDITI()NAI. SPEEDS

MilesperHour

9.3-30.6 The lollolying is an excerptJrom the lllinois Commerce Com-misslon 0rder oi Sepi.23, 1970:"Where train speeds in excessoi ihirty 30 niles per hour arepemitted in the Staie oJ lllinois,the following !vill govefn:No train,the consist of which in.cludes a car ot ca6 containingf lammable, compressed gaseswhich have moved tora distanceof morc than thirtyJive 35 milesirom anyclassificaiion yad, terminalor major interchange pointl,1jithout being inspected visuallyor electrcnically, shall not passthrough any incorpoft ied village,town, or cily at a speed in ex'cess of twenty-iive 25 mihs perhoor."These insiructions goven opera,tion in the Siaie of Illinois only.

99.5.101.1 Through Crossovers 10i74.9 uptonAvenue Bridge

200-250tonauxil iarycftnes .- 10lMaximum speed column for Il/l/Ll/M lrains applies only to lraimconslsting ol solid l\4ulti Level,ln.temodalI0FC-C0FC trains or com-binaiionsthereof.

:

Psgr l/[4Vaimun speed enlire

Suhdivisioi 65 60:1,11.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60:i.3 over Railtlay Cossing

a t g o d e . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 0: i . 3 . 1 9 . 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0: : . 1 . 2 0 . 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5::.8.25.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60:a 2 0ver Railway Crossing

z i { a d e . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 5t : . 2 .36 . i . . . . 60::.! 0ver Raillllay Crossing

: i g r a d e . . . . . . . . _ _ . _ 4 0: : . 1 , 5 0 . 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0i : . . 1 s e d h y . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5i : . ! , 5 2 . 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0:15'52.8 over Railllay

]oss jnga tg rade . . . . . 40: : 3 , 5 4 . 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0: . . 3 , 5 7 . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5- t , 7 1 . 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0-: : over RailwayCossing

: i g r a d e . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0- : . i , 98 .5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

: : . 1S8 .6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20: t . : , 9 9 . 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0: ! . ; i 01 .1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20: : : . i , 152 .2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 60:::2V;cksbuG Curl/e ... 40: : i 2 , 1 7 4 . 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0:-!.9 Upton Avenue Bridge 30- - r .3 . i 76 .7 . . . . . . 40 40- : . 7sou thTrack .40 30-:7 178.6 40 40

Page 37: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

36

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

SOUTH BEND SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES1 RULE MODIFICATIONS

r.1 curmt{cEsBtl.JE ISIAND - Eastward Trains originating Blue Island nust obtain clear-aice at Elsdon orThornton Jct.TH0RNTON JCt - Eastwad tains originating Yard Center MP/L&N, andEastward trains o ginaiing Hawey, must obtain clealance at Thomlon Jct.

Eastl'/ard L&N novemenh do not r€quire clearance but must have permis_si0n Jrom West Train Dispaicher Batlle Cleekto enter South Bend SubMUNSTTR - Westward L&N molements do not require clearance blt musthave pemission forn west Train Dispatcher Battle Creek to enter SouthBendSub.PAVILIoN -Trains from Xalarnazoo Subdivision will not requirc clearance.

GoRD-CRTrains do iot require clearance.DEP0T - Trains oigjnating d0 noi require clearance Easlward first dasspassenger tftins to Flint Subdilision must contad West Traln DispalcherBaltle Creek before departure.BARoN - CR Trains do notrequire cleamnce.EMMETT STREET - Trains to Fllnt Subdi'/ision orlginating Degot will obtainclearance at Eattle CreekYard.

I.2 TRIIN RTGISTER I{ODIFICATI()NSEISD0N -*Register station tortrains oiginating and terminating.

BLUE ISLAND -*Standard Clock and B!lletins only.

HARVEY-oR€gisier Statjon f or ilains originating and teminating.

DEPoT -*Standard Clock onlY.BATTTE CREEK-*Standad Clock only-BATTLE CRttX YARD -*Register stalion for tmins oliginaiing and temi-nating

1.3 ABS and CTC SPECIAI FEATURESTwo main tracks betlleen nileage 175.9 and nileage 178.6 are designatedSouth tracl and Norih track.

1.4 SPECIAT II{STRUCTI()NS APPLY9.3 - Within city Iimits of South Bend bet\4een mileage 97.3 and mileage103.2.9.3 - Within ciiy limits ol Mishawaka behveen mileage 103.2 and mileage106.2.

1.5 0THER RUrr r{oDlflCATloNSln the States of lndiana and lllin0is.

"N0 pad o{ a car or engine nay be allowed to occupy any part oJ apublia crcssing at grade for a longer peiod than 10 ninutes, and a pub'lic crossing at grade must not be obstructed by switching operatioN folmore than 10 ninutes atatime.When a crossing is so obstructed by switching operations, it nust b€cleared to permit all vehicular traffic delayed, t0 prcceed or unlila pe odof 5 minutes has elapsed."

(continued on Pase37)

Page 38: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

37

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984S0UTH BEND SUBDIVISI0N f00TN0IES (Continued)

{conrinuediiom page36)

1 RULE MODIFICATIONS (Cont inued)Gf0R Rule 99 - All trains operating on ihe lvain Track ouhjde yard limits0r interlocking limjts {ithin the State of Illinois will be govened by the fol.lowing inslructions: "When a train is moving slowly or siops under cjrcum-slances in \ahich it may be ovedaken by another train with at least 2 blocksignahtolhe rear, protection against iollo!1ingtrains !villhave been affordedwhen a nember oJ the crcw has taken up a position at ihe rear oi the trainin a location frcm Bhich stop signals can be plainly seen by an appr0achingtrain or engine."

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.I ELSDoN - California Lead Track musi be used to double cars inio yard.Inbound and outbound dispatch kacks must not be used for doubling orswilching.Railport Yard - Train and engines enteing, leaving or switching must notexceed 5 miles per hour.

2.2 BtLT RAILWAY CLEARING YARD - Westward irains to BRC Ra tway C earingYard must receive pernission irom the Grand Trunk DispatcheT to cross overat Hayiord beiore proceedlng |vest o11111h stred, mlleage 16.5. Instructi0nsio enter Clearing Yard nust be received fiom Leveman Haylord beloreopen ng the new connection swiich 0n the Eastward Track Hayiord.GTW trains and locomoiives enleing the BRC Ckaring Yard, must noi passihe BRC stop board insialled 0n the ne!,{ c0nnection track just clear oi lheWabash Lead until permission lrom leverman Hayford and permissive signalindicat ion 0n dwarfslgnal3S has been received.Jrains or locomolives Iion BRC Clearing Yard musl obtain permission fromTrain Dhpatcher BatUe Creek through leverman Hayiord beiore entering cTWEastward Nlainlmck.Leveman Hayiord may be coniacied either on Grand Trunk channel No, 3 orby talkback speaker insia ied on the ne!'/ connecti0n track just clear 0f theWabash Lead.Maximum speed 0n the new BRC connectjon irack js 10 miles per hour.Normal position of the nel1l BRC connectlon swiich on the BRC is I ned andIocked forthe Wabash Lead.BRC Rules and special instructions will g0vern all movenenh on BRC.

l-3 BIIJE ISIAND - Eastward bain and englne movements depadlng Bluehland via hand operated switch located at east end 0f Swjtching Lead andEastwad Tlack mihage 20.8 lrill be governed by signal indicatjon displayedon lo!1 color lightsignal.IMovemeni ill activaie signal by rcveaiig hand operated switch and 0c-cupying circuit, deslgnated !{ith yellolr pajnted rnarker post, ior a perlod of3 minuies. A proceed indicaiion activates public crosslng lraning devicesat Westem Avenue, mileage 20.8.The demil on the Pocket Tmck hading frcn the Westward Track io HarbortracK No. 1 and No.2 at mileage 20.2 h electrically connected to ABSSignal 209 located at mileage 20.9. When thls derail is in non-derajlingposit ion, ABS signal209 lv i l l d isplay signal, GTOR Rule 29i.Normal position of Yard Switch at mileage 20.2 leading frcm ihe PocketTrack to the IHB Spud TGck is lined Jor ihe Pocket Track.

(continued on pa8e 33)

Page 39: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

38TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, $44

SoUIH BEND SUBDIVISIoN FooTNoIIS (Continued)(continued f rom Dase s7)

2 GENERAL FoOTNOTES (Continued)

Westward trains rcceiving stop and Proceed indicrtion atsignal209, mileage20.9, must contact Yaadmaster Blue hland for instuctions.

2.4 HARVEy- Eastward Trains picking up oJf ICG Hill, must not exceed 5 milesper hout west of Commercial Avenue mileage 23.2 and crevl member must bein posiiion at curue just east 0f CommercialAvenue to nake train inspecfion.

2.5 TH0RNToN.,Cl - No. 2 $ye kack, mileage 25.3 leading into Yard CenterMP/[&N will be used by yard engines and ior car storage only.All movements entering or leaving Yard Cent€r MP/L&N llill use No. 1 qetmck, mihage 25.3 as runningtrack.

2.6 MltEAGE30.9 -The [4a'nTrack crossover between the Wesi]vard Trackandihe South Track is nol/y equipped with electrically-locfied hand operatedswitches. GToR Rule 104C aDDlicable at this lo€ation.

2.7 GRIFFITH - Cals or equipmeni must not he left standing on Westward sid.ing, uithin 300 feetWest,0r300 feet East oi ColfaxAvenue, mileage 36.8.

2.8 VAIPARAIS0 - All 6 axles locomotives are pruhibiied from ente ng theuesiwatd extension track,

2.9 oLIVERS - Train setting out cals to be interchanged to CR or CSSSB willbe placed in No.l track. Conmilt0 Gland Trunk No.2track-

2.10 BEND ToWER- Locomoiives, Bullo Cranes, aid allother 0n-Track Vehicles$ith less lhan 32'foot wheel base wiihoui cars, lrill not be oDerated olerJointMainTracks untilBend Tol/yelhas been lully informed ofthe movement.After proceeding, if molement is stopped for any reason, Bend Tower mustbe immediately notif ied.

2.11 VICKSBURG -South Spur, all 6 axh locomotives arc prohibited.All movements on S0uth Spur over Division, East Praiie, Center and Rich.ardson Strcets must SToP and crcssing protected by a member ofthe crelv,warningtraffic in advance of th€ movenent.

2.12 BATTLECREEK-AIl eastwardfreightirainsapproachingHelmerRoad mile-age 173.0, must contact Train Dispatcher for insiructions before proceedingeast of Helmer Road.Trains operating East ol Efimett Street willbe govened by Flint SubdivisionFootnotes.

2.13 JOINT MAIN TRACK

CHICAGo - Between Chicago and C&WI lct., ioint with C&Wl Raikoad. Em.ployees must have ;n their possession while on duty a copy of, and be gov-ened by, C&Wl cufient timetable, special inskuciions and speed restic-tt0ns.MUNSTER to TH0RNToN JCIgovern.

tlith L&N. GTW timetable and rules

For rnovement between Munster, Mileage 31.2 and Thonton Jct., lMileage25.2, the lollowing will apply:The fomer Eastwad Track will novl be a single Main Tnck signaled formovementinboth direciionsand lyillbe refe(ed to as tie South Track.

Page 40: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

39

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984SOUTH BEND SUBDMSI0N FOOTNOTES (Continued)

lcontinuedrrom paee:3)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

The forner Wesiward Tnck lrill now be a sjngle lMain Track signaled in thewestward dircction only and will be reierred io as the Westlrard Tfack.The delinition 0l i}Yo or more tracks does noi apply to this trackage.The interlocklng at Munsler is controlled bythe WestTmin Dispatcher BaitleCreek- Trains or engines stopped by a stop sjgnal will coniact West TrainDispatcher Batile Creek f0r instruciions. Intedocking rules govern move.menh through lhe interlocking. GT0R Rule 1048, paragraphs 1 and 2 applyat Dual Conlrol Swiiches.The Inteflocking at Thornton lct. is controlhd by ihe West Tmin DispatcherBaith Creek. Trains 0r engines stopped by a stop signal will contact WestTrain Dispatcher Battle Creek {or instruciions. The West Train DispatcherBaitk Creekoperates the inierlockngsignals and switches ior movement on,to or fron GTW trackage. Interlocking rules govern movemenh through thelntedocking GloR Rule 1048 paragraphs I and 2 apply at Dual ConlrolSwitches.The 0pemior Thomion Jct. operates ihe interlocking signals and swilches oni\4P lrackage for lllP northllard and soulhward movements only. The oper-ator, Thornton Jct. must get peflnission fmm West Train Dispatcher, BattleCreek, before authorizing any IVP movements over ihe railway crcssing atgrade.In the applicaiion oi GToR Rules 663,670 and 1048, paragraphs I and 2, in.strucli0ns rcceived from Train Dispatcher nrust be in llvriting and repeatedbdore being acted on.lMovemenls on the South Track lxill be govemed by GToR Rules 26i and 262.Movements on ihe South Track irom Thornton Jct. or Munster required topass a SToP signal at these locations will be governed by inslroctions fiomWest Train Dispatcher, Battle Creek.Wesiward moveme s on the Westward Tnck will be governed by GToRRuhs251to255.Yard Limits, (CToR Rule 93) are in effect on the Weslward Track betl]veenThornton Jd. and lllunster.BATITE CREEK - Bei}leen Baron and Gord, jolnt with CR, GTW Rules aidTimeiable go!efi.SoUTH EEND - Between High Sireet, ll4ileage 101.1 and Amold Strc€t,Mileage 99.5, ioiit with CR. Rules and special instructions of CR will govern.

3 INTERLOCKINGS:.1 Junclion-

C&W....[4i leage4.9... .Controi led.C&Wl rules and timelable govern.

:l Railway crcssing at gmde.BRC.... l \ l l i leage 11.8... . , lechanical.

:.3 Railwaycrossing at grade.N&W.... lvl i leage 12.8... .Coltrol led.0perating instructions posted at cossiig.

:..: Railwaycrossing at grade.B&0CT.... l ,4i leage19.5.... lVechanical.

:.5 Railway crossingat grade.B&0CT--.. l \ / | ikage23.1--.. l \4echanical.Autho ty from B&oCT Train D spatcher required.

(conrinued on Faae 40)

Page 41: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

40

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984S0UTH BEND SUBDIVISI0N FOOTNOTES (Continued)

( conunued r rompaae39 )

3.6 Raihray crossing at grade.1,4P.... [ , l i leage 25.2... .Conholled.Contact Tm jn Dispatcher.cToR Rule 1048, Paragraph I and 2 applies at Dual Conirol Switches.

3.7 Raill,vay crosslng at grade.L&N ... lVi leage31.1. ..Conirol led.Coniact Train Dispalcher.GToR Rule 1048, Paragraph l and 2 applies at Dual Conhol Sl/\Jliches.

3.8 Railway crossing at grade.CR.... l l l | i leage 31.5... .C0nholled.0pemting instructions posied at crossing.

3.9 Raill,yay crossing ai grade.CR....Mileage 34.0... .Control led.ConiactTmin Dispatcher a0d be governed by Special Instruction 6.1.

3.10 Raillaay crossings atgrade.EJ&E.... 4i leage36.1-... [4echanical.

3.11 Rail!,yay crossings at gade.N&W....Mileage 52.6... .Control led.CR. .. .Mileage 52.8. . . .Control led.Contact Tfain Dispaicherand be govemed bySpecial lnstruction 6.1.

3.12 Railway crossings at grade.C&0 . . . . f , 4 i l eage71 .1 . . . . con t ro l l ed .B&0.... lvl j leage71.i.-. .Conkolled.contactTmln Dispatcher and be govefned by Speclal Insiruction 6.1.

3.13 Rail1,llay crossing at grade.N&W. ... l l l i leage 80.2- . . .C0nholled.ContactTmin Dispatcher and be governed by Special Instruction 6.1.

3.14 Junction.cR. .. - l l4i leage 99.5. . . .Mechanical.CR rules and iimetable govern.

3.i5 Junction.CR. . . . [ 4 i l eage I0L I . . . .Mechan ica l .CR rulesandtineable goven.

3.16 Rallway crossing at grade.CR.... l l4i leage 146.8... .Contrcl led.Contad Train Dispaicherand be governed by Special Instruction 6.1.

4 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS4.1 Cals exceeding 315,000 lbs- gross must be covered by handliig instructions.

5 HAND OPERATED CROSSOVERSMileage 9.7 l\4ileage37.3 lvlileage97.4 Llileage 140.3Mileage 11.3 l\4ileage39.6 [4i]eage 98.4 Mileage 146.4lvlileage 11.9 lMileage45.i L4ileage!8.5 fi4ileage 152.3Mileage 19.6 ll4ileage56.9 frileage 103.7 ll4lleage 153.7[.] leage 20.2 llrlileage 65.4 ]Vl leage 111.4 lirlileage 157.6lt,Iileage23.6 l\rlileage7l.3 Mil€age 114.1 L4ileage 160.2l\l|lleage24.3 l'rlileage 72.5 fi4ileage 122.8 firlileage 164.9Mileage30.9 l,4lleage 74.9 lt4ileage 127.3 l,,lileage U2.0Mileage34.3 ll,|ileage81.3 [{ileage 131.4 l4ileage 174.7L4ileage36.6 Mileage 91.6 ll4ileage 136.2

(coniinued on pase 41)

Page 42: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

41TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

SOUTH BEI'ID SUBDIVISION FOOINOTES (Continued)(continued rrom Fge40)

6 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE6.1 All movements at 51st St.ed (Ehdon) nust siop 25 feei lrom crcssing and

all0w crossing warning devices to be activated ai least 25 seconds beforeoccupying crcssing.

6.2 All movements over lvlaple Street mileage I14.0 (on Edwardsburg LumberCo. Track) must siop and nust be proiected by a member of ihe crcuwarniig iraffic in advance oi the movement.

6.3 Swiich Key Control Instructions:Special Instruction 9.2 applies.

7 HOT BOXAND DRAGGING EQUIPMENT DETECTORS7.1 lVileage 42.1 for Eastveard and \4estward Tracks, Special Insiruction 8.2

appIes,7.2 ltlileage 67.5 for Easltvard and Westward Tmcks, Special Instruction 8.2

appLres.7.3 [lihage 119.2 for Eastward and Wesiward Track, Special Instruction 8.1

appttes.

7.4 Mileage 142.9 ior Eastward and Westward Tracks, Specia Instruction 8.1app res,

7.5 Mileage 168.6 tor Eastwafd Track only, Special Instructi0n 8.2 applies.

8 OTHER TRACKS

8.1 il4ileage 28.6 Oak Glen,620 feet ir length, s\yiich points face W StalionNumber950.

8.2 lvileage 31.4 lt{unster, 1320 ieet in lengh, switch poinh face E. SiationNumber920.

8.3 l,llleage 46.4, Alnsworth,660 feet in lenglh, swiich poinh face E. StaiionNumbergI6.

8.4 fi'lileage 53.7, Ind]ana General Industry,880 {eet in length, swiich pointsiace W CaIs exceeding Plate "C" dimensjons are prohibited. Station Num.ber914.

3.5 Mileage 74.9, Kjngsbury, 1040leet in length, slviich points face E. StationNumber9l0.

3.6 lvlileage 84.5, iliil Crcek, 300 feet in length, switch points face W. StationNumber907.

3.7 [rlileage 103.9, Mishawaka, 986 feet in ]ength, swltch poinis face E&W Sia.i ion Number901.

8.8 l,'lileage 105.9, Fir Road Industrial Park Spur, 5600 feet in lengh, switchpoinls face W CaIs destined for Stone Container must be placed $iih un.loadingdooron Nodh Side. Station Nufiber90I.

3.9 Mileage 1i0.9, Pdncess Homes Inc., 400 feet in length, swilch poinis faceE. Siation Number900.

:.10 Mileage 111.4, Granger, 1i90 feet in length, switch polnh face E- StatjonNunber900.

(continued on pa8e 42)

Page 43: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

42

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29lh' 1984

S0UIH BEND SUBDIVISI0N FOOTNOTES (C0ntinued)(Conlinled ;ion Paee 4r)

8.ll [4ileage I13.1, Hichelson Lbr' Co., 850 {eet in length' sllv:kh p0ints Iace WStation Number900.

8.12 Mileage 114.0, Edwardsburg, 1036 fe€t in lelgth, slritch points face W'station Nufiber858.

8.13 Mileage 127.3 Penn, 560 leet in length, sviitch points face [. Station Num'ber856.

8.14 Miteage 131.5, Wakelee, 620 feet in the length, switch points face E. StaiionNumber855.

8.15 Mileage 150.2, Harborlite, 470 feet in length, switch points face w StationNumber85l.

8.16 Mileage 160.1, Scotts, 1110 leet in length, slviich poinls iace E stationNumber84l.

8.17 l\4ilease i65.0, CIirnax,307 feel in length' switch points iace E'l\llileaie 165.0, C.inax, I140 ieet in length' stlitch p0inls lace l'll. \talr0nNumbor840.

8.I8 Mrlease 168.2, Renton Siding, 500leet in lenglh, switch po:nh lace E. Clearance ;n Spur Track, will not clear man on side of car. Station Numbel uJg'

8.19 ll4ileage U0.0 Columbia Ave, 1200 Jeet in length, switch point laces E Sta't ion Numbn837.

8.20 Mileage 172.0, Airpod, 1830 Jeet in length, switch points lace E SiationNumber837.

Page 44: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

T|METABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

WISTIVIRDTRAINS

cain rrack ends at mllease9.4.

TISIWARDTR t{S

,|

= f

KATAMAZOOSUBDIVISION

CEI{TRAI STAI{DARD IIME

STATIONS

t l .g xl l60!!Y|RD .. ., " PAV| 0N iCT.

MAXIIiIUM SPETDSMilesPorHou

llitaximum speed entireSubd iv i s ion . . . . 20

0 .0 9 .4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

MAXIII,IUM CONDITI()NAL SPEEDS

MilesPerHour

Entire Subdivision-200.250ion auxil iarycranes .. 10

KAI.AMAZOI) SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES1 RULE MODIFICATIONS

1.1. CTEARINCESPAVILIoN -Trains t0 South Bend Subdivision ltill not reqrife cleaftnce.

1,2 TRIIN REGISTER M()DIFICATI()NSPAVILI0N -'Register station lo' Kalamdzoo Srbd v:ion irains.Kilgore Yad -*Bulletins 0nly.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES2.1 PAVILIoN - Red and Yellow indication lighh are localed on relay box east

side directly across both Maln Tracks from facing point switch at Junciionwjth South Bend Slbdivision. RED LIGHT indicates westward traii has passedScotts or that east1,llard tmin is llliihin 3 miles of crossoler. YELLoW LIGHTis an indication thatthere is !o traln in such teffitory. torthese lights to beefiective, THE CRoSSol,/ER SWITCH |UST BE THRoWN BEFoRE FOULINGTHE WES]WARD IRACK OR OPENING THE FACING POINT SWITCH,These insiructions do noi relieve employees from complylng with the re.quiremenls oi GToR Rule 254 before eniering the Soulh Bend Subdivislon.

22 KlL00RE YARD -The follo1lving instruciions will govern movement 0n scalelocated on Pocket Track Mileage 6.5.

Page 45: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

44

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

KAIAMAZo0 SUBDIVISI0N t00TNoTES (C0ntinued)( con t j oued f . om pace43 )

2 GENERAL FoOTNoTES (Continued)

when not *eiEhins, movement must nol exceed 6lvliks per Hour on con'crete apploach-es [o s(dle an0 on s(ah lself. C0upling of cals I!hen [Iainh 0n siile must not exceed 2 Miles Per Hour.

When weighing, cars nust be \reighed uncoupled and cals must be un_couDled aibeginning of concrcte approach and allowed lo l0ll overscale ata speed not io exceed 4 Mihs PeI Holt

lMolemenis overscale iol{eighing purposes must be ftom West to East.

Locomotives should not be parked or hft standing within 50 feei 0l scales

Train movement over scales s prohibited.

2.3 JOINTMAINTRAGKBetl,yeen mileage 9.4 and Kilgore Yard, jolnt wilh cR. GTW iinetable andrulesgoven,

Conductor of trains and engines using lhe Main Track in eiiher direclion,bet!'/een l,rlihage 9.4 and Kilgore Yard aid between ll,Iileage 9-4 and checkeJIuotors, must abtain pemission to enter and report clear to opentor' B0Tower Kalamazoo-

3 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS

3.1 Carsexceeding263,000lbs. grossmustbecovered byhandlinginstructions

3.2 All6 axles locomotives prohlbited West ofSprinkle Road mileage 68

Page 46: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th. $a4

Page 47: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

46

TIMETABLE No. 2 _ APRIL 29Th, 1944

WESTWARD TRAII{S

FIRST

FLINTSUBDIVISION

.E E.S=:6

65

s 1330

1340s 1352

1405s 1412

1730

STATIONSETSTERN STAI{DARD TII{E

s 13151325

s 1337

18s0s 1857

l - ; { P o f i H U R o . . . . . . .

. ._ . . , TU[ ' { ! t YIRD . . . - . .

. . . . , , . . . l P u { . . . _ . , . . ,

. . . - . , l y E s r T l t P 4 N , . . . . .R t M m . , . . , , . .

. u P I E R . . . , , . . . .

u$ tLt I { I , . . . - . .

0

$rEst fl[{t

EAST DUMND

DUMI{D

taNcioFt . . . , . , , ,

M O R I T C E . , , . . . . .

sl FrliBulG

M S t f , I r , . . . , . . ,1915

s 1925

1430

s 1440 . - . . . - us luNsrnc . . . . . -. . . . . T R o V | B R | D G E . , . , . -

. . . . , , . , , G E D A R - . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . , . . H o P E . . . . , . . . . .

. . . . . , , . t a t { s t c . . . . . . . _

- . . . . . - . . . M I L L - . . . . . . , , -_ . . . . . mnEi t |LLE . . . . . .

, , . , , . . e f lAntoTrE . . , , . . .. , . . . . . . . olvEt . . . . . , . . .. . . , , . , , B E L L E U | E , . _ . , , . .

..-. cllLlSIEf, RolD , . . ,

. . ._ BITILE Cnf t { YIRD _. . .

..... EUiIETT SinEEl , . . _ .

clc-Bel\.!n W€l I'Dri .'d Lrt DrEidi c€d{ aid Milli M.Alrkl.Rold .trd Ef,m.tt stFr mirr.rhd by

I

Page 48: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29Th, 198/

FTINTSUBDIVISION

AS]WARD TMINS

FIRST CLASSTISTERN STANDARD TIME

STATIONS a a

1740

s 1618

I s 1ss3

. . .1 1546

__ sMfniBuRG . ._.. - . . . HtsLETt . . . . : .

_ &st lA is f iG. . . .

, TROWBNIDGE . . . .- , . . . . G E D A R , , _ , , . .

- - . - , . _ H o P E _ . . _ . . . .- . - . u N s t t { c . . . , . .

, . . . . M [ . 1 . . _ . . _ . .. . P0r IERV|I I ! . . ._

. . . . cHAf iLoTrE , . . . _

. . . . . o l l v E r . . . . . , .. . . B E L L T V U S _ . , . . .

. TdILISIEF NO|D ..UTTII CNEE{ YMD - ,

EUl lmsrREEt. . .

r459

Page 49: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

4aTIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29ih' 1984

',IESTWARD TMINS MMIIiIUM CONDITIONAT SPTEDSlililes Per Hour

Port Hurcn Teminal on 0ldMaii TrackTunnelYard -t o r i G r a t i o t . . . . . . . . . . . . .

0ver Drawbridge333.7-333.5 Souih Track . . .. .333.5.333.1 South Track .. . . . .332.2-332.0 Wesiv{atd Freight

Tmins depadingTunnelYard,!nti lentircTruin is onLlain Tmck . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . .

272.1-270.3 Flini- betl/lle€nCoud Street and Clifford streetunti l crossingisoccupied ... . .200-250 ton auxiliary cranesotherthan lvlain Tlacks .. -. . .

10

10Miles Per Houl

Psg trtMovenenh aeainst cunent

o f t ra r r i c . . . . . . . 59 49FREIGHT M/tl/M . Ai locations llhere

speed restrictions are less than 49miles per hour, the Tower speed Ie'sirictions will apply.

PASSENGER - Ai l0caiions where speedrest cUons arc less than 59 milesper hour, the lol,ver speed resliic-tion will apply except, bet1,lleen nile-age 249.1 and mlleage 223.6, maximum speed 50 mPh.

Maximurn speed column for Il4/[ l/l\4hains applies only to trains conshting0l sol d lvlulll Level, IntermodalT0FC.CoFC trains or combination lhercof.

FIRST CIASS

MAXIIi4UM SPEEDSWeslward movenents with the cu entot traific.

IO6

3025

Maximum speed enltresubdivision ... . . .

331 .8 ,276 .7 . . . . . . . .276 .7Eas iF l i n t . . . .216 .7 '271 .8 . . . . . . . .271.8 over RailwaY

Crossingat Grade21t.8.261 .0 . . . . . . - -267 .0 -265 .5 . . . . . . . .265 .5 .263 .8 . . . . . . . .263 .8Wes t F l i n t . . . .263 .8 .255 .4 . . . . . . . .255.4 East Durand . .2 5 5 . 4 2 5 3 . 6 . . . . . . . .253 .6 .252 .5 . . . . . . . .252.5.220.9 .. . . . . . .220.9 Washingion A,le.220.9 218.6 . . . . . . . .218 .6 .20 i .9 . . . . . . . .201.9 Cha otte Cur'/e20 i .9 -178 .6 . . . . . . . .

Miles Per HouIReg M/LPsgr UIil frl

65 60 5565 60 5545 45 4565 60 55

3065

65

6525

40

653065

30 3060 5545 4560 5545 4560 55

25 25

40 40

60 5530 3050 55

Page 50: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

49

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

EASTWARD TRAINS IiIAXII UM CONDITIONAT SPEEDSMilesPerHow

272.I-270.3 Flint-betlreenCoud Street and Cliffofd Streetunti l crossingis occupied ... . . '45

332.2 Michigan Road EastwardFreightTrainsa(ivinglunne lYard . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . l 0

Port Huron Term;nal on 0ldlVain TrackTunnelYard-F o J t C r a t i o t . . . . . . . . . . . . . i 0

over Dmwbridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6333.7.333.5 South Track ... . . 30333.5.333.1 South Track . . . . . . . 25200-250 ton auxiliarycmnes

otherthan Main Tracks . . . . . . l0Miles Per Hour

Psfi FdMoyedrerls against curcnt

o fka l t i c . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 49FREIGHT l\4/1.l/[4 . At l0cafions !1herc

speed resticiions arc less tfian 49nlles per hour, ihe lol|ler sDeed re,sbiciions will apply.

PASSFNGER - At locaiions l1here speedrcshiciions are lers than 59 nilesper hour, the lovret speed rest c.iion will applyexcepi, between mile-age 223.6 and rnileage 249.1 maxi.mum speed 50 fitph.

Maximum speed column for ll,l/L I/lVkains applies only to trains c0nsistjngof s0lid ltlult Level, Inhrmodal T0FC.C0FC traiis or combinafion thereof.

FIRSIIIASS

I,IAXIMUI SPEEDSiast ard [rlovemenh vtilh ihe currentof traffic.

llliles Per HourReg M/LPsgr l/M

Ilarinun speed enlircFrl

55

55

55

55

55

trtt

l9rc$

,d

h.

xi.

'Mng+

Slbd iv i s ion . . . - . . 65i i3.6.180.7 . . . . . . . . 65:30 .7 .18 i .2 . . . . . . . . 30:81 .2 .201 .9 . . . . . . . . 651-11.9 Charlotte Curye 301 i .9 .218 .6 . . . . . . . . 65:13 .6 .220 .9 . . . . . . . . 45:20.9 Washington Ave, 40:20.9.252.5 . . . . . . . . 65:!2.5-253.5 .. . . . . . . 25i3.6.255.4 . . . . . . . . 65::5.4 tast Durand - - 45:g.4.263.8 . . . . . . . . 65-d3 .8Wes tF l i n t . . . - 45]3.8,265.5 . . . . . . . . 65:!5.5.267.0 . . . . . . . . 45:7 .0 .271 .8 . . . . . . . . 65::.8 overRailway

*oss;ng at Grade: - i . 8 -276 .7 . . . . . . . .:4.7 East Flint . - . .

606030.603060

406025604560

60

60

30 30 3065 60 5545 45 4565 60 5530 30 30

Page 51: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

50

TIMETABLE NO. 2 _ APRIL 29Th,7944

FTINT SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES1 RULE MODIFICATIONS

1.1 CTEARANCES

BATTLE CREEX YARD - Easiward first class passenger irains frum SoulllBend Subdivisi0n must obtain cleamnce.

DURAND - Trains moving bet{een Flint and Holly Subdivisions must ob'tain a cleaance,

T0RREY - Tra;ns oiginaiing lvill not requile a clearance. Conducto$ oftrains 0 ginating Torrey must contact Tnin Dispatcher, Battle Creek, before0epanule,TUNNEL YARD - Wesi}vard haiis origlnating Tunnel Yard must obtaincleannce alTappan,

PORT HURoN - 'Westward {ict c ass passenger tralns origlnaiing Port

Huron must contaclTrain Dispatcher Batlle Creek beJore departure and nustobtaln cleamnce at Tappan,

1,2 TRAIN REGISTER MODIFICATIOI.IS

BATTLE CREEK YARD -+Register station {or irains oiginaling and termi-natrng.

LANSING-+Siandard Clock and Bulletins only.

DUfiAND -"Standard Clockand Bulletins only.

T0RREY -*Regisier siaiion {or trains orlgjnaiing and ierminating.

TUNNEL YARD -*Register siaiion lor tmins originaiing and ierminating.

P0RT HURoN -*standard clock only. crews 0f imins orjginating and ter-minatingwill register aiTunnel Yard.

1.3 ABS AND CTC SPTCIAT FEATURTS

GToR Rule 104C applies 0n South Track at mileages 332.2, 333.2, 333.4 and333.5. Permjssion musl be received {rcm Flint Subdivisjon Train Dispalcher,bdore openlng operating door of these Ehcirically-Locked Hand 0perat€dSwitches.l*o n a r fdchs between m leage 2/6.6 and jrreage 270.0 are designaledSouth lrack and Nodh track.

Train and engines on CTC Main Tlack crossing over io Service Tmck iit nile'agp 2b5 5 | Inl. n Lsl slop dI 1 a her po t loraled 125 fed wpst of BrislolRoad, r i .eage 2b5.5 belorp ele!tr ic locls *i l l relpdsP foI tulnolis.

1.4 SPECItrt INSTRIJCTI()NS APPLY

9.3 - within city limlts 0l Durand betllleen mieage 253.6 and miLeage252.5.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.i CHARL0TTE - Trains 0r engines must SToP and crossing proiected by anember of the crew over Wash ngton Street warning trailic in advance olnovprer l .

Page 52: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

0:

5 1

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 7984FtINT SUBDIVISI0N F00TN0TES (C0ntinued)

(contiiued fiom pase 50)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

2.2 LANSINC - The Power House Track, west o1 Washingon Avenue, mileage220.9, must not be used by Road crews, unless othenvise directed.Trains must notset out cals on the west end oJ lllillett Pass unless dircctedto do so byYardnaster.Ca$ exceeding 65 feet in length nlst not be set oui, placed or pulled onihe CR Interchange Tracks atCedar.Eastward trains leave waybilh in the waybill box installed on ihe third utilitypole east oJ NIillett Highway, l\4ileage 216.2 on the north side.Weshvafd hains leave waybills jn the vlaybill box insialled 0n ihe telephonebox on,ihe north side of the track just \1,est ol Hope or they may be handdelivered to the Yard 0fiice.

2.3 lr0RRlCE-Cars orequipmentare notio be left standing orstored from theeast swiich to a point 300 feet west oi l,lorrice Road nileage 242.2 Wesllvardsidlng.

2.4 DURAND - To avoid blocking lMain Street, mihage 253.5, wesiward novenrents receiuing a ST0P signal indicaiion at the raill,vay crossing at grade,rnileage 253.2, must ST0P east oi lvlain Street unUl a signa jndicaiion i0proeced can be obtained or authority receved from ihe Tcln Dispatcher,PonuacYard.

Wiihin yard lirnih Dumnd, when emergency conditions exist or ii is kn0wnthat public crossings at gmde l'lill be blocked in excess of 5 minutes, hainand englne crews l,vill immediately contact Yardmaster or 0perator Dumnd.Easiward trains or engine l|lill nol conlact Train Dispatcher, Pontiac Yad,lo obtain interlocking signal, rnihage 253.3 uniil irain or engine is readyto proceed. Gates at South oak Street, mileage 253.0 are no!,\l activatedwhen:nterlockjng signal is lined. lf delay occurs aiter receiving interlock.ing signal, Train Dispatcher, Pontiac Yad, must be imrnediately notified.

:.5 DURAND - [4aximum speed on Hi Wye, Chicago Wye and Kelly Tracks beil/yeen Holly and Flint Subdivisi0ns is 10 niles per hour.

2.6 T0RREY - Empl0yees are prohibited ffom riding on side of car over FliitRiver Bidge on No. 19 Lead at Chevrolet fi4anufactu ng. lf necessary i0prolect movement, enployee wlll walk 0ver b dge, ihen proceed wiih themovement,

I\laximum speed Jor novements enteing and leaving the easl or \|/est endof ihe Norih or South Yard is 5 fiiles per hour.

:7 INILAY CITY - When shoving cars over lmLay Ciiy Bridge rnihage 301.4,employees musi not ride 0n side of car fi4ovement must be slopped, em.ployee walk over bridge, then proceed llliih the movementThe Lapeer County Co 0p EhlJalor l,vill be ioading cals on ihe P.0.N. lead,east of Almont Slrcet, l\4ileage 30i.8.

:3 PoRT HURoN - CTC controlled by Tn n Movement Director, East Sumnit(Sarnia) in elfect between 16th Street (Pod Hurcn) and Easi Summit(Salnia).

(continuedon paae 52)

Page 53: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984FLINT SUSDIVISI0N FOOTN0TES (C0ntinued)

(continuedrrom Pa& 51)

2 GENERAL FOOTNoTES (continued)

In the application of GToR Rule 264, movenenls into this CTC te(itory,denih musi be rnanualLy opemted and a nember of the crew must attendderall until movement has been conpleted, and then place denil back inihe "on" posiiion.

To avold blocking the C&0 crossover, Yard Conductor llill call ihe Trainl4ovement Director al East Summii phone 78-51, beloru leaving Ferry DockYard, to ascerlain if movement can be immediaiely handled.

3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 Railway crossings at gade.

CR....Mileage 221.4... .C0nholled.

Coniact Train Dispaicher Battle Creek ior requjred instrudlons.

Trains and engines must contaci Tmin Dispatcher Battle Creek t0 rcleaseEhctrically.Locked Hand 0perated Switches located at Wesi end of CR ln.terchange imcks nileage 221.2 and West end of New Reo hack mileage221.2. A member oi the crew musi lock srlliich in reverse position beiorcsignal indication can be given on Dwarl Sgnah CE10E and High lvast SignalCEl2E locaied ai mlleage 221.1. T0 obtain a signalio have CR Interchangetracks and New Reo irack, swihh mustie locked in reverse, aho the tncksmust be entered far enough to clear circuii. lf tftck circuit is not clearedor revene movement is t0 be made with other than a signalindication, per.missjon must be obtained irom Train Dlspaicher Batile Creek in accordanceuiih the Ruhs- Switches must be Iined and locked in normal position l,llhenmovemenl is completed.

3.2 Raillllaycrossing at gnde.

C&0. .. .Mileage 223.5. . . .Conirol led.

Contact Train Dispaicher Battle Creek and be golerned by Special Instruction 6.1.

3.3 Junction.

Holly Sub.... . [ , l i leage 253.2. . - .control led.

Contact Tmin Dlspatcher Pontiac Yard, Detroit Divlsion, GT0R Rule 261applicable for Eastwad movemenh from Flint Sub. to enier Holly Sub.

3.4 Rallway cross:ng at grade.

Grand RapidsSub.... .Mileage253.3....Control led.

Contact Train Dispaicher Pontiac Yard, Detroit Division, GTOR Rules 66:and 1048 paragraphs (1) and (2) applicable.

Electric switch lock located at east end oJ Middle L0cal Track rnileage 253.2must be lined fof route before signal indication io proceed can be 0btaine!on Dwarf Signal. Permission must be received from Tmin Dispatcher beioriswitch is unlocked.In the application of GToR Rules €63 and 670, instfuctions received {rorTnin Dispatcher must be n writing and repealed belore being acted 0n.

(continuedon paEe 5:

Page 54: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

53TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRTL 29rh, 1984

FLINT SUBDIVISIoN FooTNoTES (Continued){conttnued i.om paae 52)

3 INTERLOCKINGS(Continued)3.5 Railllvay crussingat ffade.

C&0.... iUi leage 271.8... .Control led.Contact Train Dispahher Battle Creek and be governed by Special Instruc,tion 6-1.

3.6 Railway crcssing at grade.

C&0 (0ld Main Track). . . . [4ileage 272.5.. -.Automatic.GT0R Rule 672applies.

3.7 Railllay crcssing atgrade.C&0..,. .Mjleage 331.8... . l \4echanical.

3.8 Junction.ill|ount Clemens Sub.. .. _Mileage 332.1. ...Mechanical.GToR Rule i04 B, Fragraph 2 applies at Dlal Conirol switches ai junctionsl,litch frcm ll/|t. Clemens Sub. io Soulh Track, crossover switc h es from SouthTrack to Weshvard Track and crossover sriiches fiom Weslward Track towestend, Easibound Lead Tmck.

3.9 Drawiridge.... (Fort cratiot - old Main Tmck) Btack Riler B dge... _Me.chantcal.

+ EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS

!-i Carc exceeding 315,000 lbs. gross m[st be covered by handling instructions.

{2 All 6 axles locomotives prohibited fom the follolt/ing hacks:i\4ihage i21.2- PC interchange lracks.l,lileage 121.I - Team 4-5-6.l,4ileage 120.2 - olds N0.15.Mileage 219.5- Wesi Yafd Storage.Mileage 218.5- LongSiorage.

M hage216.0-Ra:lon Pu ra.

5 HAND OPERATED CROSSOVERS

l,4ileage 189.3

Lrlileage I94.IMileage20l.6Mileage 202.6Mileage 208.8

Milease 222.6[,lileage223.9

[4ileage 228.9Mi1eage235.6i\l|jleage239.8

Mileage 242.3Milease248.2iUileage252.1l|4ileage253.5

[4ileage253.6

Mileage 253.9l\/|ileage254.7

Page 55: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th' r9a4

FtINT SUBDIVISI0N t00TN0TES (C0ntinued)(conunuediiom Pace 53)

6 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE

6-l TUNNIL YARD Dr-rPg l\o hoJs I ior .rn,et l0 tr ' l \e mouerPrIs"'oi, ir i i ,eot, i e *olr si leel v:a t re WYE '"ading r0lro LR Tracl * ir l

b; 'equried to d \play lg'r led fusp"s 0r bdl sidesoll lenovprentalt lecrosslng.

Upon conpleiion of the molement over this crossing ihe {usees must beextlnglllsng0,

6.2 F0RT GRATI0T oLD MAIN TRACI( - At all times' movements over EJeventhitvenue and Twelfth Avenue, musi be protected by a fiember of the crcw'

Between the houn oi 2000 and 0800, engine l1histle !'rill not be soundediiiroiirnss bPt*een ihe Porl Hr'0n Paper Company and tne DLnn Pap?rC;mDanv.-rhe condrclor \v' l be respors:b e to see thai a nerber 0l t feirew pr6perly protects the movement }'lhih going over these clossings dur'ingihese hours.

All novemenls on ihe Fort GIauol (old Main), over 32nd Skeet, must ST0PJ t d . t o s s t n g p r o l p l i " d b v a f f " n b P 0 l l l p r l e x * a l r n g l l o f c n a d v r f ' eoi the novi. i r l u ' ins lgr ied r 'eec bel$epr I re l i rec 0 surel 'nd ' r 'rise and when visibiljtt is reduced by adverse weather condltions

6.3 LAPEER - Lapeer C0 op track, mileage 01 South Spur' trains or enginesnj. t stop and oss'ng proleclPd bv a menbe'o'he cre'v ove'sagna"lStred, warning lraliic in advance 0l m0vemenl

5.4 I_L.NT- Al l 1 ovenenlq o,/er V'nor Sl "" l n kage2l79 roldMa' lTrackrmust SToP and must be proieclFd by a nel bPr oi t.le ( ell, be'ore pass ngoverthls crossing.

Al rov"npntt o/er l l iky Road r ' "ace 267 0 /0 d V' in TIr41 nrsl ST0P

"ao c'os\ng proloted by a renoe 0i l le cr ' ' { r i la 1rglraf lc in 'dvan(eo{ the movemeni.

Bel, , ! .en tre toJ.s of 2230 fr idav ald 06J0 Llondav al l mo/enents oveStever$n Slreet, Sievensol SIIeel Yd d rust ST0" and a0s\ ng pr0Lecleclu , memle olr fe ' ,ew warni lg tra/ i r adv.nce ol t le 1 oveneri Cor:oieq' l pment nrstrot be ef l r tafdrgl ] | , t rn 50 h"ot 0[SIPVerson SlroeLcrossing.

6.5 IoRCEY - ClcuL posLs ndcal:ng sl , l t o"rol tng *a frg dPvi 'es ar 'i0.aLed 0n nolh , de o l {a n T a'( , 1620 'eet edd ol Bl ls lol Rord n leagt

.r. Westwdrd ta n' p cl fg up .I il rs lo'at ol n-sl stop a srfliirl distanie east of he'e rar\er posts i0 occ0n'rodale P{i 'p trarn aft ' r p c} uD

All tralns nrakinq set oif or pick up at North Yard will dear B siol Road t(plrmlt movemeni oi vehicular kafiic beiore revelse movement is made'

6.6 LANSING PENNSYTVANIA AVENUE INDUSTRIAL LEAD AII movenenf;ver thLs sheet must ST0P and crossing proiected by a member ofthe crc{vralningtlaiiicin advance 0i the movemenl.

6.7 S{jitch KeyConlrol lnstructions:SpeclaL Instruction 9 2 aPPlies

7 HOT BOX AND DRAGGING EQUIPMENT DETECTORS

7.1 Mileage 232.0 [or LasLl,vard andWest",ard lracl's'(coniinued on Page 5:

Page 56: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

p.

i0

ts

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29|h, 1984

FLINT SUBDIVISI0N F0OTN0TES (C0ntinued)(continued riom Pase 54)

7 HOT BOXAND DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORS (Continued)

7.2 [4ileage283.0

i.3 [r1ihage308.3Sppcial r i tru.t o18. app ip( 'orabo/e locdL 0r\.

8 OTHER TRACKS

8.1 Mileage 203.0, 0wens Glass, 3145Ieet in length, switch poinis iace W. Exer'cise cAUTloN when enlmining or detraining near east end of retainingwall of "8" Tmck accouni poor walking conditions Sialion Nurnber 833.

8.2 l\4'leage 214.9, trickson Plaft. 5200 leet in engt\, sxil.h po nh {ace E.&W.Erickson Plant hds enployed :n their conlinPs a Ie'rolp conllol led ocomo_tive. Grand Trunk movements nust be made l1,iih CAuTl0N in this arca t0avoid conllicling movemenis. CGnd Trunk Engine movemenls must not beope at"d over lracnage 300 feel Nodi ol tle Plarl Road Crcssing localedat N0dh end oi Plant Ydrd. Slalol Nunbe'830.

3.3 l,lileage 261.5, swarh Creek, 6,084 feet in length, swjtch poinis iace E.&W.Cars or equipment must not be Ieft standing wiihin 300 {eet Wesi, or 350ieet Easi on Swadz Creek Siding at Raubinger Road, Mileage 262.0. StationNumber820.

8.4 MiTeage 275.5, T0FC tmck, 700 ieet in lengih, switch points {ace E. [rlove-menis ihrcugh this track musi not exceed 5 rnihs per hout Station Num'ber819.

8.5 l\l|jleage 279.2, Davison, 300 feei in Iength, switch poinh face E.&W. SiationNunber8lS.

3.6 Nlileage 305.2, Andelson Peat, 1440 feet in hngth, swiich poinis iace WStation NumberB09.

8.7 ll]Iileage 305.5, Chanpion Indusi es, 1100 feet in lencih, slYltch points faceW Station Number809.

8.8 Mi eare 306.5, Ppat Srd ng, 4819 ieei in kngl'r' sw:kh po:nh tacP E &WWhpn s$ t"l ns lhp spur lrachs, sutichnt mrs nrlt be held onlo io av0idengne movintbeyond the swl'h on trp kad dvding lfe ead ard \",esispurimck$.Cars 0r equipment must not be left where they l,llill block the fam ctoss'ings. Station Number808.

8.9 l\4ileage 309.3, Capac, 2000 {eet in length, sfiitch p0inh iace E &l{ StationNunber807.

:.i0 llrlileage 323.0, GoodeUs, 540 feet in lengih, switch poinh face E. StationNumbeI805.

Page 57: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

Ii,IAXIMUIII SPEEDSWestward Movements {ith

ihe currentol trafficluiles Per Hour

lit/tl/M Frl

Maximumspe€denlireSubdi'tsion 60

0.5-0.9 Curve 80 .9 -4 .0 . . . . . . 154 .0 -4 .4 . . . . . . 204 .4 ,8 .1 . . . . . . . 308.1.8.5 .. . . 508 .5 -10 .7 . . . . . 6010.7-12.0 .. . . 5012.0-13.2 .. . . 4513 .2 -21 .5 . . . . 6021.5'23.I Curve 6023.1-24.5 ... . 6024.5.26.9 .. . . 4526.9.30.3 . . . . 6030.3-45.9 .. . . 6045.9-47.3 . . . . 3047.3.49.9 . . . . 6049 .9 .53 .2 . . . . 5053.2,66.7 . . . . 6066 .7 .67 .0 . . . . 2aMovements against

cu r ren to f tn t f i c . . . .

8t5203050555045555555

3055505525

49At locaiions wherc speed re-

strictions are less ihan 49mi les pe r hou r t he l o ! ' / e rspeed restr ctions ,'vill aPPIY

[tAXIMUiI C()NI)ITIONATSPEEDS l"tiles

PerHout

4.1 Nlilwa!l(eeJct.through West DetroitWye, Port Hulon WYe,SusarHouseWvea n i H i e h L i n e ! ! v e . . . 1 0Througr-h otherWyes .. l5

Illlaxirnu m speed colu m n iorIrrl/L l/M tiains applies onlY totmins consisting of solid [{ultiLevel, Intermodal T0FC.C0FCtrains or conbination theroi.

TIMETABLE NO. 2 _ APRIL 29th' 1984

WESIWARD TRAINS

Page 58: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

57

=a

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th,7944

HOttYSUBDIVISION

EASTERN STINDARD TIIiIE

DETNOIT

8OI'LEVARD SWITCH

ltw uxEE Jcr.

. . . . . . . . . . . . c u Y A v $ t u E . . , , . . - . .

. . . . . . . . . . G H R y S L E R C E | { T E R _ . . - . . -

. . . _ . . . _ . . . . . F E R N D | L E . . . . . . . . .

. . , . . , . - . FLEASANT.. FLEASANT RIDCE ..

, . . . n o Y A L 0 l | ( . . _ .

. . . . . . . . . wEsr toNTtac . . .. . . . . . . . . w a r [ n F o R D . . . . . .

q. ._. . . . At{DEisottvt lu .

I t o L L f . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . - . . F E X T O N

. . . . . . . . . . L t N o t N

. , . . . . . . . . . c A | I { E s

-R R. r " - , t ' 15 .ppr r bd"

. . 8 _ . . . . . .

Page 59: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

5a

HOLLYSUBDIVISION

EISTTRI{ STANDARD TII'E

STATIONS

E

: !

. . , . . . . . . DEtRolT . . . .

. . . . - . . . . . . . c u Y A V E N U E , . . . . - . . .

. . - . - . . . . . GHEYSLER Cd{ l$ . . . . . - .

. . , . . . . . . . . . . f l R t l D t u - . . . . . , , . .

. - . . . . . . . , P l rAsal { r i IDGE . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . R o Y I L O A X . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . 0 a x v { 0 0 D B L V D . . . - , . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . - B l R t N G H A l l . . . , . . . . .

. . . . , . . . . . cMRI l tG CRoSS . . . , . . . -

. . . . . . . . . . B [ o o F I E L D r j l - . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . M . 4 , 1 , 1 C r . . . . . . . . . . .

. . - . . . . . . . . . , P o l i l l a c

. . 2 . . . . . . .

. . v ? . . . . -

. . x z . . _ . . .

. . P X Z . . . . .

. . . . . . . . PoNTIAC YAnD . - . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . , . I V E S T P o M I A C . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . _ . . . . w a r E R F o n D . . . . . . . - ._.. ^|{DERS0I'NILLE

, . . . . . . . . f i o r l Y . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . , . . . F E I { r o

. . . _ . . . _ . . . . . . L T D E N

' ' ' ' ' ' , . " G l ! l { 8 5

";;

D U R A N D . - , . . . . . .

i]eaae67.0conlro|]edbyTrainDispatcher

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 291h' l9a4

Page 60: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

59

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

EAS]IYARD TRAINS MAXII{UM SPEEDSEastward Mol/ements with

the cuffent oi haiiicMiles Per Hour

M/rllu tn

Maxinun speedenlireJUDotVISton hu

67 .0 -66 .7 . . . . 2566.7-53.2 . . . . 6053.2-49.9 . . . . 5049 .9 .47 .3 . . . . 6047.3.45.9 .. . . 3045.9.30.3 .. . . 6030 .3 .26 .9 . . . . 6026 .9 .24 .5 . . . . 4524.523.1 .. . . 6023.1 21.5 Cufle 602L5 .13 .2 . . . . 60r3 .2 .n.a . . . . 4512.0.10.7 . . . . 50i 0 . 7 - 8 . 5 . . . . . 6 08 . 5 . 8 . r . . . . . . 5 08 . 1 - 4 . 4 . . . . . . 3 04 .4 -4 .0 . . . . . 204 .0 ,0 .9 . . . . . . 150.9.0.6 Curue . Il\tovements against

curent ot lr?rllic

25555055305555

55

4550

40302A15I

23.9-4.3 . . . . . {9At locaiions where speed re-

strlctions are less than 49m i l e s p e r h o u r i h e I o l l v e rspeed restrici ons lyiil apply.

[,tAx {uM coNDtTtoNAt-SPEEDS l4iles

PerHour

4.1 ll4lll,ljaukeeJct.thrcugh West DeirciiWye, Pod Huron \rvye,Sugar HouseWyeand High Line \4ye . -.Through otherWyes . .

[4axim u m speed colu m n iorM/L l/il4 trains appljes only iotftins consisting of solid MultiLevel, Intermodal T0FC-CoFClfains or combinalion ihercf.

1015

Page 61: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

60

TIMETABLE No" 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

HOTLY SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES(continued fron Paae 59)

1 RULE MODIFICATIONS1.1 CTEARANCES

DETR0ll-Tralns will n0t rcquire clearance.

I!| ITWAUKEE I CT.Truin movements on the Mouni Clemeis Subdivision enterlng ihe HollySub!ivlsion at Nrlil$aukee Jd. are noi required to obtain clearance at Mil_waukee Jct., but must obtain permission io enter ihe Holly S0bdivislon fromthe Imin Dispahher.Pln -TSBYTrainsenter ng Ho l, Srb.w l lnot requ.Ie clealdn(e.

DURAND - Trains rn0ving between Holly and Flint Subdivisions require acleatance.Easiward TSBYTralns on ioini l!|ain Track l'liLl not requile deamnce.

1.2 TRAIN RTGISTER MODIFICATIOIiS

DETR0IT -*Register staiion for trains originating and isrmlnaiing.

MILWAUKEE lCT. -*Register station lor ieins originating and terminating.Trains are not requifed to register.F0NTIAC YARD -+Register station for hains originating and termjnating.DURAND -*Register sialion ior tains originating and iermjnaiing. Trainsmoling between Fllnt and Holly Subdivisions are not required t0 registei.TSBYTrainsonJointMain Track are nol required to regisler.

I.3 ABS AND CIC SPECIAI. FEATURESBL0CK AND INTERLOCKING SIGNALS - The iollowing Dlvari Signal is usedin l ieu o{ Nigh [4asi sgnallo display GToR Rules 281, 285 and 291, rcspecilvely.[4ileage4.8, Deiro]t, Signal 49, Westward.T!1o ll|ain Tracks betlleei mileage 23.9 and nrileage 30.3, are designatedSouth lrack and Nodh Track.No hain or locomotives shall clear the ['lain Tmck at ihe l0llowing locations:MiLeage 29.3 offSouth Tmck

(Fredman Construciion Co.)

1.4 SPECIAT II'ISTRUCTIONS APPLY

9.3 - lvithin the city of Durand bet1ileen mjleage 66.7 and mihage 67.0.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.I DEIROIT - Normal position ol Swich lo Commuter Lead, located 450 feeteast 0{ Riopell Slreet, mlleage 0-6 is lined ior Commuter Lead.trTileage 0.3, Deir0ii- colaps bl€ !{heelstops have been insialled at end oJCarter Indusiry track insjde building. Cre\lr membeA nust know that \aheelstops are in up rlght postion before placlng or coupling to cars 0n this track.Crew members are prohibited irom riding on the side of cars in this tlackacc0untc 0se cleaonce.

(continuedon paae 61)

Page 62: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

6 1TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

H0tLY SUBDIVISI0N F00TN0IES (C0ntinued)(continued f.om pase 60)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)Tte follow.ng pub ic (rossings at grade are prolected manually da;ly exceplSaturday, Sunoay atd Hol'ddys 0nly du'ig ll e h0urs lpec lipd bel0,',:

Conholled Monday toSheet by Friday

Mileage 2.3 lllack lv|ack 0830101630Canlield Superior 08:0i01630Theodore Warren 0830io 1630Farnswodh Warren 0830 to 1630tredeick Ferry 0330 to 1630Ferry Ferry 0330 to 1630

l\4i leageS.9 l, l i lwaukeeAve. l l l i lwaukeeAve. 0830101630

Except ior track motor cars, "High.nil" equipment and irack mainienancemachines, no irains, loc0motves, cranes or other on rail equ pment (includ,ing rolljng siock) shall be operated over or withjn fifty (50) feet of any oithe above crossiflgs during other lhan lhe hours specified above.The movement 0limck m0l0r cals, "High.nil" equipment and track mainte.nance machjnes during olher than ihe above specilied houls over the crcss.ings belween Hak Street and lll|jll,vaukee Avenue must be nade under SToPand FLAG proteciion, with iusees being used during ihe period from dusk iodal,vn and during peiods of inclement l,leather when vislbllity is reduced.lf, due io emergency condiiions, ihe movemenl or operalion ofirajns, rclLingslock, locom0iives, cranes, lvrecking or other on-rall squjpment js necessaryoutside of ihe hours 0r perlods of time speciiied above, such operationsand/or movements shall be nade only under a specifjc witten difeciiveand auihority issued by the Trajnmaster ot Yadmasier on duty or respon.sible, 0r by their superuisors, and such direction and authorily shall not beissued uniil it is known that the towe(t for the speciiied crossjngG) arcnanned by a qualiJied Waichnan (or Waichmen) and advjce has been rc.ceived ifom such Watchman (or Walchnen) ihat the crossing prcteciion ispropedy operable.

22 I4ILWAUKEE lCT. - Eastward ire]ght trains \vill call ihe lmin Dispalcherfrom Seven II4ile Road mileage 8.5 whei train conslst equals or exceeds 70cals - or irom Chrysler Center lyhen train consist is less than 70 cals.The GT end io end mdio frequency js located jn ihe ConRailTeminal TminDispatcher's 0fiice, Deifoit. GT movements enteing ConRail trackage in ih€Deiroit arca must conlact the ConRail Terminal Tfain Dispatcher beiorc en-leing ConRail trackage, and remain on the GT end to end lrequency whileon ConRailhackage.

2.3 CLAY AVENUE - To avoid unnecessary activaiion ol the auiomatic crosslng!,|,arning devices, Yardmastels nrDsi not permit opposing nouements acrossClay Avenue ihat will conilict lvith movemeni \vest ihrcugh ll,|il!1aukee ht.inierlocking.

2.4 BoIJLEVARD SWITCH -CIAY AVE. - Al trains and ocomoiives must moveat restrlcted speed beiween Boulevard Swlhh and facing point crossovers!,|,lich on Westward Track mileage 4.4. Trains and loconotives may use ihisporuon oi Main Track.

(continued on paae 62r

Page 63: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

62

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

H0tLY SUBDIVISI0N F00TN0TES (Continued)icontinued rrom pagesr)

2 GENERAL FOoTNoTES (Continued)

2.5 Mihage 5.3 hand mlls on bidge, have been renoved.

2.6 FERNDALE - Sl,/ihh leading io Westwald Track irom N0rih ThoroughiareTmck just west oJ Nine ll,Iile Road, mileage 10.8, Ferndale Yard is to be kltset ioi movement irom Nodh Thoroughiare Tnck io Westward Track. I'ihen

.lefi in this position, rcd light and red target l,vill s0 indicate.

A Dwarl Slgnal Iocated on the north side oi the North Thorcugh{are Trackat ihe lnside crossovel swltch will govern lllesir{ard movemenls from tl]eNorth Thoroughiare Track to the Westlvad Track via spring switch. GT0RRules 287, 288 and 292 will applY.Westward tftln movements depariing Ferndale Yard must lecejvs permis_sion from Train Dispalcher and nembe. o{ train crew lllill be required t0DUll swlich in conirol box Iocated 140 leet east oi Hilt0n R0ad, niieage 10.5io aclilJaie Dwarf Slgnal. AiteI }llaiting 3 minutes, Dl,1,ari Signal should in'dlcate Droceed. ll,|ovemenls must not siari uniil Dwarf Signal indicates prc'ceed aird thereafter must pass ihe Dwarf Signal be{ore ihe expiraiion of 7minutes. A delay in accepting the prcceed indicalion lvithln 7 ninutes villresult in the signal reverting to siop indicaiion. li wili lhen be necessaryi0 iniliaie lhe procedure for obtaining the pr0ceed jnd cauon again.

2.7 RoYAL oAK All Eastward irains stopping in ihe vicinity 0f Royal OakStatjon west 0f Signal 130 on Easilvard Tmck must delay lheir movemeni aileasi 2 minutes belore proceeding in order t0 insure proper crosslng plo'ieciion at Washingt0n Avenue mileage 13.0. Enginemen musl have lheirtraln under conirol when approaching Washington Avenue and not entellhe crcssing untjl the gates are compktely l0!,rered.

2.8 BIR[r]lNGHAl,l - Cars musi not be kft 0n descending grade ieading toK [,lari Warehouse and all cars must have air brakes ln serv ce when swtchlngthlstrack.Locoriotive should not enter Ford l\4otor Co. and ereai Lakes Tractor Cobuildings. At least three idkr cars should be used when swiiching iheselracks.

2.9 PoNTIAC YARD - Road crews arriving 0r seiiing off in Poniiac Yard !{lLarrange t0leave cars 50 ieet clear oi lead,Eastward lreighttrains making pick up at PoniiacYard }llill be given aduancejnJormauon as io nunber of cars to be plcked up. When afiivlng, lraiNnrust be siopped wiih englne clear of Johnson Avenue mileage 26.9 beforenaking set oii. Train must be leit a suiiicient distance r,/esi o1 lohnsolrAvenue to accommodaie pickup, t0 avoid blocking street crossing.

The 0perat on oilrajn or l0c0motive m0l/ements overthe spl i s|,,ljtch deraiLerlocated on the 0id P.0.N. Nlain lnck, Pontiac, 624 feet nodh 0f lI,IontcalmAvenue, areasfollol,ys:The bonding circuits that activate the split sl,viich sequence relays arc located at ll40nicalm Avenue and 60 feei north of ihe derailer.With n0 train, locomoUve or car \l/ith in the im its of ihe bon ds, the swlhh l'J Ial!,llays be lined for the split switch delaller and slgnals locaied ai theswihh !vill disp lay a stop indicati0n.All southward movemenis must come io a stop for 20 seconds and not proceed until ihe signaL aspect a lows them to do so. Stop to be made lliihill60leet nodh of derailer.

(continued on pace 63:

Page 64: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

63

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984H0tLY SUBDIUISI0N t00TN0lES (C0ntinued)

loniinuedrrom pase 62)

2 GENERAL FoOTNoTES (Cont inue(

Under n0 circurnstances rvill a lrain or locomotive pass lhe stop signal untisignal indication permiis.

r For no hl//ard movemeds, a signal lvill be rcceived when the flashels aret activated at Montcalm Avenue in sufiicient time so that a stop trill not beI necessary. However, iJ signal is noi received, northward movernents should' nol pass ll,lontcalm Avenue.( The requirements o{ Specia Jnshuct 0n i0.1, Pamgmph 1, rnust be striciy: compl ied \Yth in r l lcases.'

All swliches between ll,|ontcalm and 0akland Avenue on 0ld P.0.N. [lainTmck, Pontiac are nomal position swihhes equlpped with locks. Nomal' pos [ i0n 0r t \ese \{ . lc l -es s Ineo for srrdigl l I ach.

6 The fojlowing !,\jill govern all yard and train crevrs swihhing al the southL- end of Columbia Avenue Yafd, north oi lvontcalm Avenue, Poniiac:

! (1) Ak bmkes must be placed in service on cars l{hlle sYritchjog on oihsr/ than hvel lrackage ai this locaiion. Air brakes must be applied inrr emergency on ca|s le{i standing and supple.nenied lvith the app icationv of hand brakes ifihe air bmke sysiem has nol been fully charged.

(2) Hand brakes must be securcly applied when cals arc to be or are hltk slanding on other than level lnckage for a period oi 8 hours or morc.li Employees will be governed by the criteria that lollolls:

l- l car : one hand brake.

)r 2t0 7 cars : not hssthan iwo hand bnkes.

3 to 15 cars - not lesslhaithree hand brakes

i0 16 cars or rnore : athastf ive hand bmkes, buinoi lessthan 25%1. 0fca6in blockoJcars musthave hand bmkes

appl ied.

0. These instructions do notsupenede the requlrements of GTOR Rule 112.i€ The caukler siomge Company slding located off North Track, south oJ south

Boukvard, Poniiac Yard, is to be serviced during daylight h0urs and workedir irom ihe south side only. Llovenents on ihjs track are restrlded to 5 niles

per hour. Tracks 37, 43, 44 and 45 ai ihe Geneml ll4oiols S. l. Plant (fomerVan Plant) employees nust not ride ihe side of a car beyond ihe doors.

il Ctose clraonce - at the electrical boxes, air and steam pipes and ralsed;; ra. .w"ys ber^een I dLk5 iL s-[4TA lar i ih.rn Wh€n using extension track at East end ol iohnson Avenue Yard mihage

26.9, a irain 0r yard engine rnovement may make a reverse movement alterer pass ng a permissive signa at 14 I or 161. After receiving verba authorityn l rorn Pontac train dlspatcher - Gl0R Rue l04B d0es not apply when

makingthlsmol/ement.

' Z tO pONrtAC SfLt rtNE - single track between Wesi !!ye Sl,litch, l,/est end 0i

.. Pontiac Yard and Colunbia Alenue, movement by signal indication belween

;; milease 0.4 (Sicnal 4) and mileage 2.3 (Slgnal 23).

All movenents to enler Pontiac Belt Line at Signal 4 or 23, or to re.enter.^ Pontiac Belt Line irom Pontiac Belt Yard must receive pelmisslon irom West,,'" Train Dispaicher, Ponuac Yard, and riusi report to West Train Dispatcher," Ponuac Yard, l,vhen in clear at either Ponliac Belt Yard oI end 0i ieriiory.

conrinued on oaae 64)

Page 65: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE NO. 2 _ APRIL 29Th' 1984

H0LLY SUBDlvlSl0N F00TNoTES (Continued)(continued rrom Page 63)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

Permission io enter Pontiac Belt Line {rom West Tain Dispatcher, PontiacYard, does not supersedeihe requirements ofthe Rulesuith respectto sTOPsignal 0T0R Rule 292 at Signals 4 and 23.

IMovemeni receiving indication as per GT0R Rule 292 on Slgnal 4 or 23'must slop ard commun cate wth Welt TIa n D:pdhher, Poniac Yard, andbe poverired bv his nslrucl ions.0n Inlo ndlion thai there a e no conll icfing-novementi. train 0r Pngine may proceed lo lhe ne\t signal at re$ri.tedspeed.Tmin Dispatcher telephones are located near Signals 4 and 23 and at boththe east and west swltch to the PonUac Belt Yard.

Normal oositi0n loI t're tllo s!{lic'res eqL:pped !vrih lochs leading to lhePontac be,l Yard localpd at m.leage 1.3 and mileage 2.2, are l ined l0rPontiac Belt Line.Irajn Dispatcher must maintain record oi ali movements enteling and reDort rs cear ol Porl ac Belt L.ne show ng the?on the I0L0n0Lve nunber'i ,rployee pernssion gven lo or Ieo0rted clea diJechol o_ rovenenl ' anoiine pemissi0n givento orrepoded clear.

l,rlaxinum speed Pontiac Belt [ine is 20 miles per hout

2.ll [4ileage 31.3 Clinion nil/er, thereare no hand raih on bridge.

2.12 l\/Iileage 4l.2.Walkwayon bridge has been remoled.

2.13 FENToN - Westlyad trains havlng rork lo periorm at Fenton l1ill leavetraln east oJ.BlockSignal 503.Eastward hains having lrork to perlom at Fenton, uill leale theirtain westof Poplar Street, mileage 5i.8Tmlns should be leJt back far enough at these localions s0 ihat locomotivewill be clear oi these poinls when rcturned to lrain

2.14 LINDEN -Trains and locomotives when moving through the siding and ap-proaching l!4aiir Sheet (No h Brldge Sheet) mihage 55.2 will be golemedbySpecial Instruction 9.2.

2.15 GAINES - Bad order can set out on ihe House Track must be leii at leasi2 car kngths east oi Elevator Building

2.16 DURAND - lvaximum speed on Hi Wye, Chicago Wye, and Kelly Tmcks behlleen Holly and Flint Subdjvisions is 10 miles per hour.

2.1i JOTNT MAIN TRACK

HoILY - l4ileage 46.5 - The C&0 uses ireight house jo]ntlv with GTllC&O eneines mav use the GTW luain lrdck bet}teen lhe C&0 crossover ardeasi CIW freiqhi HoLse frack s4itch but, belo e fouling GTW l\]|ain Trackin either direition, must lecejve pemission from GTW Train Dispahher'Such movemenis \,vill be made under GTW ruhs and timetable.

2. i8 Pln i0 0U RAN D - Joint with TSBY. GTW rules and timetable goveln.

2.19 Security locks now replace cTW swlich locks on l,4ain TGck switches betureen mileage 65.5 and mileage 67.0.

(conrinued on page 6t

Page 66: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29rh,1984H0tLY SUBDIUISI0N F00TNoTES (C0ntinued)

(continued from pas€ 64)

3 INTERLOCKINGSJ.I Rilwayc o\sings at g'ade.

lvl clemens sub l Miease4.2. l4itl,vaukeeJct.u n )

SugarHouseWye.High LineWye.... l \ / |echanical.

3.2 Raill,vay crossingat grade.

CR.... l \4i leage7.1(Fordlct.). . . Autonalic

0perating inshuctions posted at crossing.

3.3 Railway crossing aigftde.C&0.... lyi leage46.3...-Conirol led.Contact Train Dispatcher Pontiac Yard for f equired instruciions.

3.4 Junction.TSBY.... l \4i leage 65.5... .Conholled.

C0niact Train Dispatcher Poitiac Yard for requircd iist.ucti0ns.

4 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS

4.1 Cals exceeding 315,000 lbs. gross must be covered by handling instructions.

4.2 Mileage 0.8-2.3 Plyl{ood Siding, all 6 axhs locomotives and hopper ca.s o{100ton capaciiy are prohibited.

4.3 Mileage 10.9 Fendale Yard, all 6 axles locomotives prohibited on hack 7ihrough 22.

4.4 i\l|ileage32.0 Rax Incorporated, all6 axles locornotives prchibited.

5 SPRING SWITCHES

5.i lllileage4.0, BoulevardSwitch. Normalposition lined for Eastward Track.

5.2 l\4ileage 4.3, west end ol Suga! House Wye. Normal posiiion l;ned lor SugarHouseWye,

5.3 l,lileage 10.8, f€rndale. Normalp0sition lined forWesiward Track.

5.4 Where low color light signah protect facing point molements over springswitches. Restdcting signal indication denotes switch is propedy lined.

6 HAND OPERATED CROSSOVERS

Mileage 2.5

[4ileage 2.6

lvlileage3.4

l,4ileage3.7

lvlileage 4.4 lMileage 7.0 l\4ileage 11.3

Mileage4.9 Mi leage 9.5 lv i leage 12.5

l,lileage 5.1 [4i]eage 10.7 lvileage 16.5

[4ileage 6.4 [4i]eage 10.9 ltlileage 17.8(coniinued on paae 66)

Page 67: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

66

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984HottY SUBDlvlslol'l F0oTNO]ES (Continued)

(continued riom PaEe 65)

7 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE

7.1 RIVARD STREET, l4ileage 0.5 - AII tmin and engine movements on Com.nuter Lead mu$ SToP and Crossing protected by a member of ihe cfelYwarning traffic in advaice of ihe movement,

7.2 PoNTIAC - All movemenis over public crossings at grade not protected byflashels or gates MUST SToP befole passing over them and must be pro_tected bya member of crevl.

7-3 Switch Key0r Pull Button Conirol Instructions:Special lnstruction 9.2 applies.

8 HOT BOX AND DRAGGING EQUIPMENT DETECTORS

8.1 Mileage34.2.8.2 Mileage 59.9.

Special lnstruclion 8.1 applies for above Iocations

9 OTHER TRACKS

9.1 lt4lleage 5.6, Commodity Metal Co!p., 1010 feet in lengih, svlilch points IaceW lhe North side is designaled as the ,rorking side. Station Numbef 603.

9.2 Mileag€ 30.8, Drayion Plains, i506 feet in length, switch points face E.Siai ion Nunber6li .

9.3 Mileage 32.0, Rax Incorporated, s\,lliich poinh face E.&W. Station Number612.

9.4 l\4ileage 32.7, 0ak Distibuting, 240 feet in length, sl]vitch points iace E. Sta-iion Numbef 612.

9.5 Mileage 32.9, Watedord, 363 feet in length, switch poinh face E. StationNumber6I2.

9.6 Mileag€ 33.1, Waierlord,3550 f€et in length, sviitch poinls face W. StalionNumber 612.

9.7 ll4ileage 33.3, Waterford,2970 ieet in length, switch points iace E.&W. Sta.tion Number 612.

9.8 ll4ileage 35.2, Clarkston, 1938 feet ii length, switch poinis {ace E. StationNumber6i4.

9.9 Mileage 35.2, Clarkston, 854 feet in length, sl,vilch points iace E.&W. Slatio0Number614.

Page 68: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No.2-APRIL 29rh, 1984WESIWARD

TRAINS JACKSONsuBDtl,tsr0N

EASTERN STINDIRD TIMT

TISIWARDTMINS

t

MAXIIiIUM SPEEDSIi,tilesPerHour

Maximurnspeedentire Subdivision ... . . 30

3 5 . 3 . 3 9 . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 039.0.50.i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

titAxtM utit coNDtlt0r{AtSPEEDS

J

s.E; : FE

MilesPerHour

. . 2 n

. . 10

Entire Subdilision -200.250t0naur' l jary cranes . -.--

Auxiliarycranes overa l l b r i d g e s . . . . . . . . .

JACKS()N SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES1 RULE MODIFICATIONS

r.1 ct EIRANCISlackson Subdivislon trains must obtain clearance at Pontiac Yard or Mil.\rvaokeeJci.

12 TRAIN REGISTER IiIODIFICATIONSPoNTIACYARD - Regjst€r station forJackson Subdivision irains o ginaiingandierminating.

GENERAL FOOTNOTES

ZI Securily locks now replace cIW switch locks on Main Track slriich siandshetween mihage 38.3 and mileage 50.7.

Page 69: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

68

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29ih, 1984JACKSON SUBDIVISI0N F00TN0IES (C0ntinued)

(coniin!ed fbn page 67)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

2.2 Train and locomoiive movernents from Jackson Sub. arriving ai Lrl.A.l. Jct.must comnunicale with Traln Dhpatcher Pontiac Yard for Inslructions.

2.3 |!|.A.L. JCI - All switching movemenis over Brush Street mileage 35.3(City of Pontiac) must ST0P and crossing proiected by a member of ihecrew, warningtnffic in advance ofihe m0vement.

3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 Railway crossing at gmde.C&0. .. . l t4i leage 50.7... .Control led.0perating inslrudions posted at crossing-

4 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS

4.1 Cars erceeding 263,0C0 lbs. gross must be covered by handling insiructions.

5 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE

5.1 Switch KeyarPull ButtonControl Instructions:Special Instruciions 9.2 applies.

6 OTHER TRACKS

6.1 lViieage 40-0, orchard Lake, 815 feet in lengih, switch poinh face W. StationNumber537.

Page 70: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

I 69

TIMETABLE No. 2 _ APRIL 29Ih, 1984

WESIY{ARDTRIINS

*

EASTI'ITRDIRAII'ISMOUNT CTEMENS

SUBDIVISION

.q;= i

EISTERN STANDARD TIME

STATIONS

It--

. . .

. _ . . . tUNNEt YAnD . . .

sutlH's GREEX . . .1. . ,

RtcHruoND . ... .PY

BEAUBIENST - . . I P

Main Track€ndsat Mileas€ s5.6. lllarimum speedentireSubdivision ... . . .

0.0-4.6 ..4.6 Interlocking . . . . . . . . . 204 .6 -11 .3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3011.3 through spring$ritch 301 1 . 3 , 5 5 . 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0

Ii,IAXIMUIiI C()NDITIONATSPEEDS Mil.s

PerHout

0.0.4.6 200-250tonaux i l i a r yc rane . . . . . . - . l 0

MOUNT CTEMENS SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES1 RULE MODIFICATIONS

r.1 ct EIMNCTSWEST DETRoIT- Easl{ard trains may leave without clearance.Train novements on th€ l\llount Cl€mens Subdivision enledng the Holly SlJb-

(Continued on paee 70)

MAXIIIUIiI SPEEDSMilesPerHour

4020

Page 71: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

. 7 0

(continued from page 69)

1 RULE MoDIFICATIONS (Continued)

divlsion at l,4ill,Vaukee lct. are not requiled to oblain clearance at LrlilwaukeeJci. but nusi obiain pemission lo enter the Holly Subdivision from theTrain Dispatcher.liTIILWAUKEEJCT. - Allwesiward tmins to the Shore Line Subdivision mustobtain clearance.F0REST LAWN - Alleasiward kains must oblain a clearance.TAPPAN - Westward tmins leavingTunnelYard musi obiain a cleamnce atTappan.

1,2 TRAIN REGISTER II4ODIFICATIONSLIILWAUKEE JCT. - *Reghterstation for trains originaiing and ieminating.Tunnel Yard - *slandafd Clock and Bulletins only.

1,3 ABS AND CTC SPECNI TMTURESBL0CK AND INTERI0CKING SIGNALS - The follo!,lling Dwad signals areused in lieu of High I\4ast Signals to display GToR Rules 28I, 285 and 291,respeclively,lI4ileage 1.8 Signa118, EastwaId.Mileage 1.8, Signal 17, Westward.

T|METABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, r9a4MoUNT CLf MENS SUBDIVISI0N F00]N0TES (C0ntinued)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Secuity locks now replace GTW swlich locks on [4ain Trackswiich stands be-tween ni leage 11.8 and mileage 50.0.

2.2 lllileage 0.7 hand railson b dge, have been removed-

2.3 Il/lILWAUKEE JCT. - Movements receiving SToP signal ifldication at signals44 or45located at Mileage 4.4 l,villbe governed by GToR Rule 509.AII movemenh must obtain permission fron Train Dispatcher Pontiac Yaldt0 enter on and nust report char of the Main Track bei!1leen rnileage 0.0and fiileage4.6, High Line3irack, and TunnelTrack.GT0R Rule 514 lllill govern movements entering between signals in thistefiltory aiter permission has been obiained frcm Tain Dispatcher PontiacYard.Conrail 0peraiors Miluaukee Jci., Bea[bien Street and West Detroii mustrcceive pemission lrom Train Dispaicher Pontjac Yard to authorize move.ment to pass a stop signal or before lining movemenls into the lerril0rybetween MihaaukeeJct. and West Deirclt.Pefinission io enler 0r repod clear may be rclayed through the GT opemtorMilwaukeeJct.Mihage 5.7, East Yad - the nelv connection beivleen the Conrail ivlainTrack aid the GTW Long Interchange Tmck locaied iust west of ConantAvenue, is placed ifl serl/ice,The slviich at the wesi end ofthe connection on ihe Conrail Main Track is apo!1,erswiich within the Conrail, Mil\aaukee Junction Inte ocking lirnih, con.trolledbytheConrail 0perator, [4ilt]vaukee Junciion.The switch at the easi end ofthe conneciion on the Long Interchange Trackis a sping switch with the nofinal position Iined for ihe Long lnterchange

(continued on pase 71)

Page 72: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

7 1

TIMETABLE No, 2 _ APRIL 29th,1984MoUNT CTEMENS SUBDIUISIoN FooTNoTES (C0ntinued)

(conrinued rrcm pase 70)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

Track. A dlvarfsignal has been installed atihe sl,\jiich t0 proleci facing p0intmovenenh. Rest ciingsignal indicati0n denotesswiich propellylined,move-ment may proceed at fesiricted speed. Movements receiving stop signal t]{illbe governed by Special lnstrudlon i.4.

2.4 IM0UNT CLEMENS - All novements on Coope/s lead over Church Slrcei,mikage 21.7 must be proiected by a member of the crew.Employees must not pass the resiricted clearance sign l0caled 50 leet nodhend of Ford Nlotor Company Vinyl Plani, Tmck No. L

Rallroad gates ai Se kidge Fjeld are equipped wlth swihh lock and are to bedosed and locked.,,/hen not in use, Enginemen and trainmen, !{hen enlelingSelfridge Field, can exped to iind this gate jn a closed posluon and I0cked.

2.5 TAPPAN Trains operating east 0f Tappan lvi I be govened by Flint Sub.divislon Footnoies.

2.6 JOINT Ill]AIN TRACI(WEST DETR0IT io BIAUBItN Sl. - Nlain Track ioint with N&W GTW tine-table and rules govern.

3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 Rajlway crossing at grade.

CR... . [ , l ikage3.8. . . I l ' lechanical .

3.2 Rail!,/ay crossing at gGde.

Hol ly Sub.. . . l \4 i leage 4.6.. . . f i r lechanical .

3.3 Rallway crosslng at gmde.

CR. . . . i ! | leage 7.0. . . . l l lechanical .

3.4 Rallway crossing at glade.

C&0.. . . l \ , | i leage55.6.. . . l l4echanical .

3.5 Junction.

F l i n t s u b . . . . . M i l e a g e 5 5 . 6 . . . . M e c h a n i c a i .

4 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS

4.1 CaIs exceeding 315,000 Lbs. gross musl be covered by handling instruclions.

5 SPRINC SWITCHES

5.1 filileage 11.3, Double Track Swiich - Nomal position lined ior l,lest\'/ardmovement to Weslward Track. Automatic Block Signal No. 113, Iocated l0ieet easi o1 swihh, governs iacing point molement.

6 HAND OPERATED CROSSOVERS

lvlileage4.T Mileage 7.1l4ileage4.8 Mileage 7.9L4ileage 5.6 Mileage 9.0llileage 6.8

(conrinued on pae6 72)

Page 73: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

I72

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984M0UNT CLEMENS SUBDIVISI0N F0OTN0TES (Continued)

(continued rrom paae 71)

7 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE7.1 Swiich (ey or PullBullon Conhollnshucuons:

Special Instruclion 9-2 applies.

8 HOT BOX AND DRAGGING EQUIPMENT DETECTORS8.1 Mileage 25.6.

Speclal Insiruction 8.1 applies for above locati0n.

9 OTHER TRACKS

9.1 l\4ileage 15.9 Greai Lakes Paper C0., 460 ieet in length, swiich points laceE. Station Number508.

9.2 Mileage 21.5, Jameslown China Co., i368 feet in length, swiich po;nts faceE. Renovable conveyor and a renovabh runway for Hl-10 locaied 780 feetNorih olswitch. Station Number 507.

9.3 [{ileage 2.4, Ford Vinyl Plant, cars must not be IeJt on lead foul0fthe gate.AII tracks must be svritched wlth air coupled and ;n serl/ice. Station Number507.

9.4 l\4iJeage 23.0, Ford Paint Pknt, tack 4 must be switched wjth air coupledand in service. Station Number506.

9.5 [,lileage 23.0, Seliridge Field Spur,30,000 feei in lengih, switch points laceW (Noie - Engjnes must noi exceed 8 niles per hour bet}1leen ElizabethSt., and Gratiot A!e., Selfidge Field Spur, Molit Clernens.) Station Nunber506.

9.6 ll4ileage 24.0, Petitpren Inc., 933 feet in lengh, switch pojnts lace E. StationNumber508.

9.7 Mlleage 24.2, Reynolds Allminum Recycling, 618 ieet in length, switchpointsface E. Station Nunber507.

9.8 i\4ileage 24.3, Vic Wertz Dist.,74I feetin lengh, switch poinlsface E. StationNumber507.

9.9 llrlileage 25.2, Erb Lumber Co., 1400 leet in length, switch points tace W.Station Nunber508.

9.10 l\4ileage 27.2, Chesterfield Industrial Park Spur,s{riich poinlsface W. StationNumber505.

9.11 MiJeage 44.9, Columbus,350 leet in length, switch poinis face t. StationNumber502.

L12 Il]Iileage 52.0, Port Huron Truss Co-,515feet in length, switch poinlsface W.Station Number80i.

9.13 Miieage 52.3, Carter Lumber Co., 530 ieet in length, switch Doiils face E.Station Number80l.

Page 74: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

73

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

SOUTHMNDTRAII{S

+SHORE tINEsuBDtvtst0N

NORTIIWARI)TMINS

t

= F

I EE E | i ei ; t E ;

EISTERN STANDARO TIME

STATIONS

t

J

ct--_ l : . l l lsr lErRol l

' - - - . 1 t . . . D E L n a t . . . . .

I I l ; R|VIRRoUGE ..t l| | . . . . oai i6ro . . .

| ',iflfiL"#;;I *-.iirL. ";,,1'"'$,iJJ.,;I . . . . . . . .n ' l l ,^ .I i'llliH"l "T[,{ll'.r "lHi.l"'i"! J,i$ftI lll l

irrlErcE3 'r "I I 1 . . . . . . . . . t f i i c . . . . . .

.',.1.:ilAXIlilUMSPttDS Miles

Perllllaximum speed e ire Hour

Subdivision -.. . . . l03 .8 ,13 .9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35I 3 . 9 . I 7 . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 017.3{7.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2517.8-19.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4019 .5 -28 .4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3528 .4 .29 .3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 9 . 3 - 3 1 . 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 53 1 . 5 - 3 4 . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 034 .3 ,37 .3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2537 .3 ,37 .4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 .4 .43 .1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2543.1-46.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

43.2 (Ecoree) and Mirease3.4.

MAXrri,tuM c0NDtTtot{ArSPEEDS

l{ilesPer

HourEntirc Subdivision-Loaded unitcoaltrains

and g ra in tm ins . . . . . . . 25

Page 75: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

l , nTfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29fi, rgaA

SHORE LINE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES(coniinued f rom page 73)

1 RULE MODIFICATIONSl.i CTEARANCES

tANG -Allnorthl^Jard trains require clealance.FN - All trains irom River Subdlvision and northward toins 0 ginatingEdison require clearance. Souihward trains 0riginating Ed;son d0 not requifeclearance bui must obtain permission from Shorc Line Subdivkion Train Dis-patcher belore entering main track.EC0RSE - Southward trains do not require clearance but must coniactShorc Line Subdivision Train Dispaicher before depadure from Dearoad.Trains luming at internediate points musi obtain a clearance unless oiher-wise directed by Shorc Line Subdivision Traln Dlspatcher or timetableauthority.

1.2 TMIN REGISTER IloDlFlCATloNLANG - *Regisier staiion fortrains originating and terminating.EDIS0N - *Registerslatioi Jorlrains origiiating and ierminaiing.

1,3 CIC SPTCIAL FTATI'RESAll hand throw Main Tmck switches bet$/een Ecolse and l\4ihage 3.4 areelecirically-locked.

Except when specilically instrucied to do oiheruise by the Sfiore Line Sub-divhion Train Dispatcher, Crevrs doing work at poinb where handlhrovrswitches (whether or not electrically locked) arc in use must not clear thelll|ain Track nor line the lllain Track switch in nornal posiiion thereby givinga blockcharindication.Excepi as indicated above the block occupancy iidication musi be ma;n-tained at all times either by leaving the Main T.ack switch in open p0sitionor by actualoccupancy ofihe luain Tmck.

L4OPERATION OF ETTCTRICALI.Y.LOCI(ED SWITCHESEledricallylocked switches cannot be released for use when the block inwhichtheyare located is occupled except:(a) When train or engine about to use swihh is occupying the approach

release circuii for thatswitch. (These circuits arc frcm I00 ft. to l50ft.in length and ieminate about 50 feet short oJ point of s\,!itch.)

(b) By use of sealed energency release to be used only on authority ol theTrain Dispatcher.

Dwart signals l,vill be used in lieu of high-mast signals to display indicati0nsprescribed in 0T0R Rules 28i,285 and 292 atthe {ollowing locations.I4ILEAGE 3.4 - Leaving all yard tracks lor Main Track and Lang,ViennaIndusirial Track. Eniering Main Track from Lang.Vienna lndustrial Track.

GREENINGS - Leaving either end ofsiding for Main Track. Entedng crcen-ings'Wamer lndustdalTrack fron s;ding and frcm lnduskialTrack to siding.S0UTH R0CXW00D - Leaving eitherend ofsiding for Main Track. EntedngSouth Rockwood-Trcnton IndustrialTrack from siding and frcm Soulh Rock-wood'Trenton lidrstrial Tmck to sidin4

Page 76: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

75

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 79a4SH0RE LlNE SUBDIVISI0N F0OIN0TES (C0ntinued)

(continued tion pase 74)

I RULE MODIFICATIONS (Continued)

ECORSE- Entering CTC Teffltory from Northwafd Track.

1.6 INDUSTRIALTRACKSThe following trackage adjacent t0 the east of the lit{ain Tnck lyill be desig.naleo as:

IANG VIENNA INDUSTR|ALTRACK, Mileage3.4i0 lt4ileage7.7.

GREENINGS'WARNER IN DUSTRIAL TRACK, Mileage 16.2i0 Mihage 18.6.

NOTE: Nomal position for switch localed 1800 ft. west 1,75 overpass onPrimary Route (kackage leadingt0 Detroit Edison l\4onroe) must be linedand locked for PRIIl4ARY R0 UTE TRACMGE.

S0LITH RoCKWO0D TRENTON INDIISTRIAL TRACI(, [rlileage 30.0 io lMileage36.8.

1.7 All movenenh may be rnade on these Industrial Tncks in either directionbyTrain Dispatcher auihoity 0nly, except as otherwise provided:(a) Southward movemenh must not exceed fiue 5 miles per hour while

approaching Vreeland Road, ll4ileage 34.3, due t0 shortened tiack cir-cuitJorgaies,

(b) Tfiese tracks musi noi be blocked with cals or equipment except duingswitching operations at the various indushies or in case of emergency(in which case the Shore Line Subdivision Traln Dispatcher must beprcmptly notified).

(c) All switches on these incks must be lelt ljned in iormal posiiion afteruse.

(d) Except as indicated in Note 1 of this paragraph, pem;ssion (eitherverbal or by nessage) must be obtained fron the Shorc line SubdivisionTrain Dispahher to occupy these kacks.

NoTE 1 - Thai portion 0f ihe South Rockwood.Trenton IndustfialTock bet!'/een Denby and South Switch to Edjson Yard may be usedwithout permission of ihe Shore [ine Subdivisi0n Train Dispatchef toperiorm sl|ritching operations.NoTE 2 - All movements through the teffitory specified in Note 1tilill be made ej(pecting t0 find this portion of the track In use.

FJag protection will be requlred to move beyond the limjts for whichpermission has been granted to reach a pojnt 0i communication withthe Shore Line Subdjvisioi Train Dispatcher.

(D In the absence or failure of comp,ny phone seruice, olher means ofcommunication willbe used to avoid delay.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES2.1 LANG -The interlocking at the Toledo TerninalRaikoad crcssing at Boule

vard inierlocking is remohly conkolled by the Tohdo Terminal Train Dis.patcher.

Movements Jrom Lang requiring use of Bo[hvard interlocking will adviseTohdo Teminal Train Dispatcher when ready io depad fiom sorih endof yard.

(continued on paae 76)

Page 77: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

t"j 7 6

TIMETABLE No. 2- APRIL 29th, 1984SH0RE LINE SUBDIVISI0N F0OTNOTES (Continued)

(coniinued from pace 75)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

Iack occupancy lights arc loc?ted on the signal case east side 0f the [4ainTrack at Mileage3.3.The m0si lllesierly light indicaies occlpancy of Track 91. The most easterlylight indicates occupancy of Tracl(s 92 and/or 93.

As a train enters one 0l ihese thlee designaied tracks, the rcspective trackoccupancy.light will be lit until the tnin passes clearance point. When thetrack occupancy light goes out a train clew memberwillinform the Engineefwhen ihe train is in the clear 0n lhe respective track.

Control buitons on each end 0i Escape Tmck will also conilol 0ppositeswiich of that track. When used these switch€s MUSI BE REST0RED T0N0RMAI PoSlTloN, lined for hump hill or away {r0n enbance into bowlyard depending on l,vhich end of Escape Track ;s refelred io.

The yad tnck assignment boad located underthe souih end l-75 overpasson the easi side o{ the inbound lead will be operated by the Yardmastef.lh purpose urill be t0 designaie the yard irack for inbound trains, thercby,elimjnating the stopplng at the talk back speaker iol tmck assignmeni andfudher io eliminaie sireei blocking as much as possible.

The talk back speaker ai ihe souih end 0i Lang YaId will rcmain opera-tionalas backupseruice or in case 0flailurc on yard iftck assignnent board.fu a maiier o1 infomation, this board is rcadable at 1,000 feet ol approach.

All lorcign line crewg must obtain lh€ Yardmaste/s pernission before foul-ing, depading or using any bowl yard or Escape Track swiicher at the iorthend ofthe Yard.

Fouling circuit poinls are painted yellow on €ach mil at ihe north end 0tHunplracl$.cTW engines may lse TI trackage at Boulevard for the purpose ot turningengines or cals. A nember of the cfew must coniact TI Tmin Dhpaicherbefore louling TT trackage and then be governed by signal indicaiion and/orinsiructions.All 6axlelocomotivesprohibitedatTemperanceYard.

2.2 WHITING - Railroad equipment must noi be plt irto the Consumes Potllel,J. R. Whiting plant, rctarytype dumperbuilding bylrain crews.

When working ihese tracks, caboose must alwals be set out at west end ofcoalyar0,When shoving coal into coal hacks, a safeiy stop must be made not lessthan 10 car lengths lrom east end oI each track.

2.3 PLUIM CREEX - Norih Siar Track, all deliveries, unless otherwise providedmustbe placed in clearonTrack 1.

Beforc proceeding east of the scale house building on North Star lead, con-iirmation must be received from a member of the Norlh Star switch crcwthat all North Star 0n track mobil equipment has been notified ol GTWmoves and instructions are rcceived by GIW crews on tracks lo be slvitched.li unable to contaci ihe Nodh Star switch crew, contact Toledo SubdivisioiTrain Dispaicher for instructions beforc proceeding.

(conlinued on pase 77)

Page 78: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984SHORE LINE SUBDMSION FOOTNOTES (C0ntinued)

(coniinued from paae 76)

2 cENERAL FOOTNoTES (Coniinued)

All movemenis from Oak Skeet exlension t0 the Edison Plant and includingall trackage inside Edison P ant conplex nust noi exceed 5 niles per hour,except over scales which is 3 mlles per hout,

2.4 NrIONR0E - The gates af Fint Street, lvlonroe, for northward movemeni onlndlst rl Tnck will have a shorlened circuit ior activation.

2.5 ST0NY CREEK- Lead Trackt0 Plant No.2 in Stony Creek Atomlc Plantarearuns parallel ior a short distance and io the No h 0f prcsent lead hack ioPlant No. l. This js designated by Detroit Edison as Track 7. Switch ioTnck 7 is appfoximately 600 {eet west of gate to Plant No. 1 GTW l0c0m0.tives are nol to operate beyond gale on Track 7 except as modifled belowDeliveries must be shoved into TGck 7 l0r lurther handling as desired byDdroit [dison lorces, There is a fence, gate and gualdhouse erecied approx]-mately 1000 Jeet beyond clearance point of Track 7 swiich. To eliminatenecessity o1 geiting Dekoit Edison guards for opening gaies, it will berequjrcd ihat all deliveries lo the plants in the Atomic plant complex beshoved:n, caboose lo the Easi. There is approxlmately 14 car lengths (60ft. to a car) oi room cleafance poini to gate 0n Tnck 7 and approxlmately7 car hngths (60 ft. to a car) 0f room clearance point t0 gate 0n Tmck ilead into No.l Plant).

Tnck I has a bumplng posi iust south o1 co0struction posi. Track I0 hastoo ught a curuaiure to permit GTW locomotives to move over beyond ilsdearance point with Track 7. Due lo this only loaded caa may be shovedin fortemporary svrilching r00m and must be consianily observed thruughoutmovemeni for possible l.lheel {lange dimbing rail. GTIV locomotives rllJsTNoT run over hack beyond clearance poini under any circumstance. Track11 has been exiended beyond consiruction road crossing at ffade and maybe used wiih proper llagging and observance of cars lhrcughoui movement0r posslbh \,\,heel flange dimbjng crussing ihrcugh road area. When sho!-ing inio area be alert to c0ntmciors irucks cr0ssing iracks a short distanceprior io reaching Tmck 7 switch. Caboose is to be left on Track 1 Exiensionbetween Track 7 swihh and road crossing lowad llnii No. 1. Road crossingjs generally not cTeaned jn ilange area therefore caution musi be used iiit becones necessarv io shove iurther than clealance of Track 7 s{jiich,

2.6 DEARoAD - Pleasant Avenue, Mileage 46.4, automatic gales are acuvatedon Southward movenenl gate slart circuit on bolh imcks is locaied atl,4ihage 46.6, south edge of Deacon Street. Norihward movement on south-ward tack (reverse movement frum Dearoad) start circujt and sign locaied700 ieet south 0f Pleasant Avenue at Mihage 46.3. When making rcve$emove rcmain south of slart signs until Rouge B dge will accept movement.Gates lliJl activate a{ier passing start sign. Northward movement on nodh-wad back start circuit is locaied 700 feet souih oJ Pleasant Avenue atl\l|ileage 45.3. This tnck has a time out chcuii with resiart sign locatedu5 feet souih of P'easant Avenue. Trains ale to DUll uD but rcmain soutll0f the sign and gates !|lill rise after time out inierual. When Rouge Bridgeaccepts movement, gates will lol1er upon passing restad sign.

Track 15 is out oJ seruice from a poini 15 car lengths nodh of south switch.

2.7 Mileage 48.5 Sp ngwells Avenue the east hand rail on bridge has beenremoved,

Mileage 49.5 Wateman Avenue, both hand nils on b dge, have been re-

(cor*inu€d on pase 73)

Page 79: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

7aTIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984SH0RE tlNE SUBDIVISI0N F00TN0T[S (C0ntinued)

(coniinued tom Faee 77)

2 GENERAL FoOTNOTES (Continued)

2,8 JOINTMAINTRACK

WEST DETROITTO RIVER ROUGE

Joint,iith Noriolk & Wesiern Railway Company. GTW rules and Timetablegovern,

1. All irains and engines beiween Wesi Dehoit and River Rouge will runoverthe N&W and !1'illuse the ght hand track unless olherwise direcied.

2. All trains and locomotives must noi exceed 20 NIPH bdween West Detroitand Delrayon ei ther irack,

3. Traio orders noi required for movements between West Deircli andRil/er Rouge; such novemenh will be rnade on signal ;ndication at WestDetroit, Dix Ave., Delray and River Rouge jnterlockings.

4. Trains and l0c0m0tives must stop clear 0f ihe fouling polnt at elther endof doubh hack unless propersignal is given for iheir novement-

5. Whenever movements in elther direction between West Detroii and RiverRouge are delayed for any cause, induding interlockings, trainmen mustascertain the cause and if necessary cut street cmss ngs prompUy.

6- Wheneveraccidents occur on N&W betl]{een Wesi Detroitand River Rouge,repod inusi be made immedjately i0 the Shore Line Subdivislon TninDispatcher.

7. Signah governlng CR crossing ai grade at Dix Avenue are remotely con.lrolled from Wesl Detroit Tower. Contact Shore Line Subdivision TminDispahher immediately when stop indicaiion is displayed.

PLU[rlCRIEK Joiniwith CR. Gll{ Rules and Timeiables govern.

3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 Rallway crossingat grade.lCR... . l I , I i leage 50.2 (West Detroi l ) . . . . Mechanical .

3.2 Ra il,xay crosslng ai gade.CR... . l \4 i leage49.7(DixAve.). . . .Controlhd.Contact Shore Line Subdivision Tmin Dispatcherfor instructi0ns.

3.3 Railway crossing ai grade.N&W/C&o.. . . l \4 i leage47.6(Dekay). . . Mechanical .

3.4 DGwbidge.N&W. . . . lv l i leage 46.9 (River Rouge). . . . l \4echanical .

3.5 Railway crossingai grade.CR...- l l4 l leage46.8(Victor iaAvenue). . . .C0ntrol led.Contad 0perator RiverRouge Bridge ior instruciions.

3.6 Railway crcssing al grade.CR... . [4i ]eage 37.3 (FN).. . . l t ] Iechanlcal .GTOR Rule 1048, appljes at Dual Control Switches on connecti0n betweenRiver Subdivisi0n and Shorc line Subdi!/ision.

(continued on page 79)

Page 80: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

79

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, !9A4SH0RE tlNE SUBDIUISI0N F00IN0TES (C0ntinued)

(conlinled rrom pase 7e)

3 INTERLOCKINGS(Continued)

3.7 Raill1jay crossing at grade-CR... . l \4 i leage34.1 (Denby). . . .Conhol led.ConlactSh0re Line Subd vjsion Tfain Dispaicherior instructions.

3.8 Railway crossing at gmde.CR. . . . l l l leage I8.7 (Ford Crossing). . . .Conirolhd.Contact Shore Line Subdivlsi0n Traln Dispalcher{or instructions.

3.9 Rail!!ay crossing ai grade.CR... . l , rTi leage U.4 ( l , lonroe). . Control led.ContactSh0re Line Subd vision Train Dispatcherfor instruct ions.

3.10 Railwaycfosslngat grade.CR... .Mi ieage 16.3 (Plun Creek). . . . C0ntrol led.ConiadShore Line Subdivisio0 Train Dispaicheriori0structions.

3.I1 Raillr|,ay crossing at grade.TT . . .Mi leage 0.6 (Boukvard). . . .C0ntroUed.ContactTT Train Dispatcher fof insirucii0ns.

4 NON.INTERLOCKED

4.1 Railway crussing at grade.CR... Mi ieage43.5 (Ec0rse). . . .Mechanical .0perated by CR Trainnan.Normalposit ion clear ior GTW.

5 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS

5-l CaIs exceeding 315,000 lbs- gross musi be c0vered by handling instruciions.

6 SPRING SWITCHES

6.1 G) LANG Mihage 2.0 South End Boulevard interlocking novements witlstop clearo{ the fouling p0int 0f spring slllitch "SS" unless auihorized tomovethrcugh inter l0ckingbysigial indicat ion or bytheToledoTerminalTmin Dispatcher.

(b) Crei,s rcceiving slop signal at Toledo Tenninal Bouhl/ard Interlocking0r N&W Manhattan Inlerlocking will contact Yardnraster or Sh0re Lin;Subdivision Train Dispaicher Lang if delayed for a period exceeding 5

Norfiaj posilion of "SS" is for northward lead exiension movements, lflor any reason "SS" is manually lined it nust be restored to normalposjtjon afler use.

Interlocking signal indications perniiting facing point movements over"SS" c?nnot be given unless "SS" ls lined in n0rmal position and p0intspropedyclosed.

To insure proper clearing of circuils s0 that Toledo Terninal Train Djs.patcher can rclain control of all routes 0i the interlockifig the lead endof any novernent via GTW had extensions into the interlocking limihmusi be cont'nued to a point at least 50 ft. beyond the mikoad cross-ing at ffade before a tevene novement is made,

(cont'nued on paEe 30)

Page 81: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29ih, 1984

SH0RE LINE SUBDIVISI0N F0OTN0TES (Continued)(continued rmm pase 79)

6 SPRING SWITCHES (Gontinued)

6.2 WEST DETROIT TO ROUGE

SDrinc switches at each eid 0i double kack are nomally set for move_nienta to ihe risht hand track- The norih switch is located 300 feet southol the nodhward interlocking signal ofWest Detroit inierlocking and thes0uth switch is l0cated iust north 0fthe southward interlocking signal oiDelray interlocking.

N0TE: 1]Vhen the sp ng switch at the norih end 0f double track islined ii the nomal position ihe color light indicator at wesi side oJtrack will show green. If lhe indicator shows red, poinh must be ex_anined and known to be ploperly lined for the intended molement

7 HAND OPERATED CROSSOVERS

7.1 [4ileage46.2.

8 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE

8.1 Swihhl(ey0rPull Butt0n Instructions:

Special Instruction 9.2applies.

8.2 TRENToN -The circuit fol the autonatic clossjng protection gates at Harson Ave., Llileage 37.1 for the V/est Siding, Transfer Track and Mcclouth

Lead extends 33 feet each side of crossing. All movements must stop in thecircuit and must not prcceed until gates ale in lowered position or crossingis protected by a rnember of the crew.

Page 82: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 291h, L9A4

cAss crflSUBDIVISION

EASTTRN STANDARD TIME

NORTHWIRDTRAINS

SOUTHWARDTRAINS

MilesfetHour

40254030402540104010

l ilesPerHout

Main rBck ends at mileaee42.6.

[,IAXIMUM SPEEDS

6. l Si l l /erBel lRoad

Maximum speed entireS bd i v i s ion . - . . . . . . . .

2 . 5 - 5 . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 . 0 . 6 . i . . . . . . . . . . . .

6 . 1 , 1 3 . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 3 . 0 1 6 . 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 6 . 5 . 2 7 . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 7 . 0 . 3 3 . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 3 . 3 4 2 . 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42.5 42.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MAXllvlUM C0NDITIoNALSPEEDS

Eniire Subdivis;on -200.250t0n

aux i l i a r yc ra ie . . . . . . . 20Auxiliarycranes

ove ra l l b r i dges . . . . . - - 10

cAss ctfi suBDll,lsloN FooTNoTES1 RULE MODIFICATIONS

i.i CI-EARANCESCass City Subdivision Tralns oiginating at Pontiac Yard must obtain clearance ai PontiacYard.

(continued on paee 32)

Page 83: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

a2TIMETABLE No, 2 _ APRIL 29Th, T9A4CASS CITY SUBDllllSl0N F00TNoTES (C0ntinued)

(continued rrom pase 31)

1 RULE MoDIFIcATION (Continued)

IIMLAY ClTy-Trains o ginatingwill not rcquire a clearance, but must con.tact Tmin Dlspatcher Ponliac Yard befole depariurc.

i,2 TRAII{ RTGISTER Ii4ODIFICATI(]NS

PoNTIAC YARD - oRegister station for kains originating and terminaUng.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 P.o.N. l0l. - Trains operating west oi P.0.N. Jct. !|rill be govemed byHolly Subdivision Footnotes. Nomal position of switch is for the PontiacBelt Line.

2.2 l4ileage 6.3, oion - A temporary derail has been installed ai the SouthWye,200 fed north 0fthe main track swilch.

2.3 oXFoRD - Souihward trains must call West Train Dispatcher at PontiacYard for instructions 10r movenent on Pontiac Beit Line belore arrival atP.0.N.Jct.S0uth Spur - exiends 1.3 nihs south 0{ il4ain Track. stop sign and railremoved at end of spur.

2.4 IiMLAY CITY - The tapeer County C0'0p Elevator r{ill be loading cars onthe P.o.N. lead, east of Almont Skeet, Mileage 30L8 Flint Subdivision.

3 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS

3.i Ca$ exceeding 220,000 lbs. gross must be covered by handling instruciions.

3.2 All 6 axles locomotives prohibjted between mileage 27.3 Dryden and mileage42.6.

3.3 The {01|olvingsegnents o{ track on the Cass City S0bdivision, are desigiatedas excepted tGck ln accordance with Section 213.4 0f FRA Track SafetySianda.ds effective November I, 1982, with the exception oflhose segmentscovered by Section 213.4 (D):

Mileage27.0io firlileage 33.3 andl\,lileage 42.5 to l\4ileage 42.6

No traii shall be operaied over the above segments that contain more thanfive ca$ required t0 be placarded by Hazardous Mate al Regulation (49 CFRPaft172).

l,i|aximum speed for irains handliig any hazardous malerial cars beiweenthese mlleages, h I0 miles perhour.

4 PUBLIG CROSSING AT GRADE

4.1 SwitchXey0rPull ButtonConirol Instructions:Special lnshuciion 9.2 app'ies.

(conalnued on pase 33)

Page 84: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

IIII

ITfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29rh, 19A4CASS CIIY SUBDMSI0N FooTNoTES (Continued)

lcontinued rrom pace s2)

5 OTHER TRACKS

5.1 l\4ileage 13.9,0xlord (do not exceed 5 miles per hour on fonner PCTmnsfertrack. Station Number 553.

5.2 Mileage 21.3, Leonard, 200 {eet in length, switch points Jace S. StationNumber565.

5.3 Mileage 32.6, Vlasic Pickle Co., 1428 feet in length, swihh poinh face S.Station Number 809.

Page 85: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 _ APRIL 29th, 198484

$iESIWARDTRAINS

YROMEO

SUBDIVISION

EASTWARDTNAINS

t

MilesPerHour

MilesPerHour

- tbnIl..l c r

EASTERN STANDARD TII,II

STATIONS

MAXIMUII,I SPEEDS

lllaxinum speedenliresubdivision .... 40

0 . 0 - 1 2 . 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 01 2 . 5 - 1 3 . 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0i 3 . 2 - 3 3 . 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 03 3 . 6 C u w e - . . . . . . . . . . . . I 033.6-38.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

MAXT UM Cor'{DrTroNltSPEEDS

Entire Subdivhion -200 250 ton

auxil iary cranes . -. . , , .Auxiliarycranes

ove ra l l b dges . - . . . . .

ROMEO SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES1 RULE MODIFICATIONS

I,1 CLEARANCISRomeo Subdivision Trains ,/llillobtain deamnce at PontiacYad orlappan.

I.2 TRAIN REGISTER MODITICATI()NS

PoNTIAC YARD - *Regisier slaiion tor hains originatjng and terminating.Gonrinued on Daaes5)

Page 86: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

85

TIMETABLE No. 2 _ APRIL 29th, 1984R0ME0 SUBDMSI0N F0OTN0TES (C0ntinued)

(continued rrom pa8e 34)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES2.1 Securiiy locks now replace GTWswitch lockson l\,|ain Tmck sl,vitch stands be-

tween mileage 0.0 and mihage 35.0.2.2 R0ME0 - Retricied clearance exists on the south side oJ tmcks 2, 3 and

4 and on the norih side oJ track I at Ford lv|oior Company. The nodh side isdesignated ihe workingside on lracks 2,3 and 4 and the south side is desig,naled the lvorking side on track i. Hand brakes musi not be applied norreleased on these lracks east 0f the rcst cied dearance signs.The Back Track mileage i4.3 is ior l\4ainlenance of Way use only. Swihh iothis tfackspiked.

2.3 IMILEAGE 32.6 - Fmployees are prohibiied from deirajnlng on, or usingwalkway on norih side 0i bridge, account walkway grate rcmoved.

2.4 BELT lCT. - Conneciion lvith Poniiac Belt Line. Nofmal position of switchis for lhe Pontiac Beli Une. Trains operating wesi of Belt lct. wjll be g0v-erned by HollySubdivision Footnote instructions.

2.5 R0l\4E0 SUBDIVISI0N - Westward lmins affiving at Beli.Jci. will callWestTrain Dispatcherat Pontiac Yard for lnstructions before moving onto PontiacBeltLine.

3 NONINTERLOCKED3.1 Raill,lay crossing at grade.

Norih Yard Lead.... ll/|ileage 38.4Prcceed onlywhen uay is known t0 be cjear.

4 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS4.1 Cars exceeding 263,000 lbs. gross must be covered by handling instruclions.

5 PUBLIC GROSSING AT GRADE5.1 Switch l(ey or Pu lButton Conkol Instructions:

Special Instruciion 9.2 applies.

5 OTHER TRACKS

6.1 Mileage 15.8, li/hkes Lbr., l3I3 feet in hngth, switch poinis face E- StatioiNumber53l.

6.2 Mileage 28.5, Lettica Corp.,438 feet in lengih, switch poinh face l'{. StatjonNumber536.

6.3 l.4ileage 32.I, VanHollenbeck Dist., 1384 feet in lengih, slviich points lace E.Station Number 536,

Page 87: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

B6

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

NOffHWIRDTRAINS

- lSAGINAW

suBDrvrsl0NSOUIHWARI)

TRAINS

--I;T-

s l = l E . =

! t i t H =JE

IISIERN STANDARD TIME

STATIONS

i

tII

i t II 1 . . . . oumno . . 1

A l n 3 l) 1... . u!!oN . .[ 1 . . r ru lu ' 'nn . .1! t | 7 e I

/ / I . MoNrRosE. . l\ . o 1 . . . . . . 8 u f i - . . - l

"" | | MEnEDIHsr.tcT.

1 . . - . . . M x . . . . . .l - - - | . . . . s a f l N t w . . - .| | rc , . ' r ih r r -Bs !b . l

..= "-o-l . uris'non .l

t t lJ 1 . . . . . r , n c . . . . .

.,1 l.ourrriirn,r,t---\ | coni, witi N.nt

lc r 1 . . BcJgr . . .l_--llct- {i!h Midland sub.t l| 1 . . . . B rYc r rY . . . .t l

I

P Z . . .

z . . . .

r.';ei .wiich Mileas€

Maintrack ends2r Mil,ago s5,0.

tltAXtli4uM cot{DlTIoNAtSPEEDS

Mile.perHour

Entire Subdilision -200'250 ion auxiliary

c ranes . . . . . . . - . . . . . . 20Auxiliarycranes

ove r a l l bddges . . . . . . . 10Loaded lJnitcoai

trains, oilkains,and graintrai lrs . -. , . . - 40

l{AXlMUltl SPEEDSMilesPerllour

iilaxinum speed entlresubd iv ' r s ion . . . . . . . . . . 49

0 . 5 - i . 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 01 .2 -12 .4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491 2 . 4 . 1 3 . 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 513 .5 -35 .8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4935 .8 .36 .8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 6 . 8 . 3 9 . 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 039 .2 ,40 .8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1540 .8 -42 .7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 2 j - 4 4 . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 l44 .3 -50 .2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3050 .2 -50 .6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1550 .6 .52 .0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 2 . 0 5 5 . 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0

Page 88: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

a7TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 291h, 1984

SAGINAIIY SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES(continued rrom paae 36)

1 RULE MODIFICATIONS1,1 CLIARANCES

IVIERSH0N - C&0 Trains do not requirc clearance but must have per'mission Jrom Train Dispalcher Pontiac Yard to enter Saginaw Sub.SAGINAW - Trains d0 not rcquire clearance on the Paines Subdivisioieitering lhe Saginaw Subdivlsion at Saginaw bul must obiain pemissjon toenter the Saginaw Subdivision from Train Dispalcher Poniiac Yard.All trains originating at Saginaw must obtain clearance at Durand or BayCity.

1.2 TMIN RTGISTER MODIFICATI()NSDtiRAND - *negister station for hains originating and teminating.BAY CITY - *Register slation for trains oiginaiing and teminating.

1.3 SPTCIAT INSTRUCTI()NS APPTY9.3- Between Durand and nileage 1.1, within Durand city linits.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES2.i DUMND - Within yard limits, when emergency conditions exist or it is

known ihat public crossings ai grade lvill be blocked in excess of 5 minutes,tnin and engine crews will inmediately contact Yardmasler or 0peratorDurand.l,4ileage 0.5, Dumnd - The nornal position of the yard switch located justwest of Oak Sheet leadingto the Saginaw Subdivision, is lined and locked forthe Saginaw Subdivision.

Secuiiy locks now replace GTW switch locks on lvain Track switch stands€ntire subdivlsion except Saginaw yard limits-

2.2 FLUSHING -Train order Signaldoes not alfect train novements. Light hasbeen removed aid blades perrnanently Jixed ii "Clear" position.

locomotives are not to go south oi loading dock aid cars are not to bespotted dthin 200 feet of end 0fS&M tumberirack mileage I3.0.

2.3 DENI,IARK SPUR - Movements on this trackage l{ill be governed by GT0RRule 105.

Permhsion to enter the trackage east 0l mihage 4.11 for the pueose ofdelivery oJ cals is iot requircd. Molements east ol mileage 4.11 lvill begovened by GToR Rule 105.

The interlocked Railway crossing at gade, mileage 2.0, c0nirclled, contactC&0 Train Dispatcher Sagiiaw for insiructions if signals are at stop.

2.4 SAGINAW - Locomotive nust be headed east when switching JeifersonAvenue TOFC facility. Ca|s must be coupled when pulling and setting thistGck. Employees will iot enter between or lvalk alongside 0f carc l,llhenihey are adiacent to catwalk. Belore any coupling is perfomed cars mustbe pulled clearoJcatwalk.Ihe North side is des;gnated as the working sideElevator [xchange.

on Track 5, l\4ichigai

Page 89: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TfMETABIE No. 2 - APRIL 291h, t9a4SAGINAW SUBDIVISI0N F0OTN0TES (Continued)

(coniinued trcm Pace 37)

2 GENERAL FoOTNOTES (Continued)

The westside is designated asthe workingsjde on track 3, and trainmen arcto use exheme cauiion when getting on or off equipment of lvhih walklngin the area of cable pullers and cables in tracks 2 and l, at Pillsbury Eleva'tor, m jkage 41.7, Saginau'.

Train and Yard crelvs arc prohibited from working the South Side of TmcksNo. 1, No.4 and N0. 5 at the Michigan Elevator Exchange, nileage 42.7,Sagiflalv.

Bef0re ente ng yard limiis of Saginaw, Nodhward and Souihward trainsmust obtain permission of Train Dispatcher Pontiac Yad.All movemenh entering ihe Nlain Track between N0 hward signal 389 mile.age 38.9 and Southward sjgnal 52 Mileage 39.9 must receive permission t0enterand reportclearof the maintracktoTmin Dispatcher PontlacYard.Trains entering lMain Tnck at Saginaw from Paines Subdivision, and atMershon must obtain pemission frcm Tmin Dispatcher at P0ntjac Yad toenter and musi repod clear of the Saginaw Subdivision lMain Track atthese polnts.

Requjfed pemrissiofls in the Sagina!,y area may be obtained ftom Tmin Djs-patcher Pontiac Yad through 0peraior, Bay CjtyBay City operator, whjle on duty, l'lill aho have opemtor rcsponsibility forSaglnaw.

Close clearance exists between the lllesi side of the N4ajn Track, both sidesof Tracks I and 2 and the east side of Track 3, entire hngth of GenesseeStreet Yard and also 0n the west side of the east support and the eastside of the }lesi suppod oi the signal bidge, [4ileage 39.8.

2.5 SAGINAW - Junction ot Saginaw and Palnes Subdivisions. Normal Positionofswjtch is 10r Saginaw Subdivisioi.All 6 axle Iocomotives pmhibited Jrom south leg of llvye.

2.6 [rlileage 41.7- Pillsbury.The west side is designated as the working side on Track 3, and tminmenareio use exireme cauiion when gettingon or offequipment orlllhile \,vall{ngin ihe area 0f cable pullers and cables 0n Tracks 2 and 1.

[rlileage 42.7- Michigan Elevator Exchange.

Train and Yard crews are prohibited {rom wofting the South side of TmcksNo.1, No.4, and No.5.

2.7 I\]|ERSHoN - When a train or locomotive is stopped by a signal indicatingSToP, and signal indicalion cannol be obtained io proceed, a member ofthe cret1l must obtain instructions fmn the Leveman ltrlelshon, as prc-sc bed byGToRRule 663.GToR Rule 1048 paragraph 2, is applicable at the dual conircl swihheswiihin the interlocking, except that the selector lever must stay in handposition until the enlire movement has passed o!er the sr,!itch.

Close charance exists betl'veen Melshon N0. 1 and No.2lnterchange tracksno h ofStoker Drive,I\/likage 40.8.

(continled on pag6 39)

Page 90: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984SAGINAW SUBDIVISION F00TNOTES (C0ntinued)

(contin!€d from F3ge 33)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

2-8 SoUTH WYE SWITCH - Train movements on the Norih Waler Sheet Spurenteing the Saglnaw Subdlvjsion at South Wye Switch must obiain per.mission io enter the Saginal,v Subdivisjon from Train Dspatcher PontiacYard. Train mol]ements Jrom the Saginaw Subdivhion io the Norih WaterStreet Spur must report clear lo Train D spatcher Pontiac Yard.

2.9 N0RTH WATER STREET SPIJR - GTWkains operatingto or {rom C0nsume6Power Plant (Essexville) musi rep0ri arfival lo, or 0btaln pemissi0n tohave, from Tfain Dispaicher Pontiac Yard.

All movemenis handlng cars io 0r lr0m Consumers Power Conpany musipull the cars both into and out of the plant. Helper l0c0motives nust not beused to assist lrom the rear 0l the movenent.

When yading loaded coal irains at Consumers Po!!er Plant (Essexvilld,arrange to make cui south of Pine Street inslde Consumers gate so as nolto bLock emergeocy route lor extended perlod 0f Ume.

The norffal posii on foriheswiich located just east 0f Pine Sireet, leading toihe Coal Yard and oi l Dock Tmcks at Consumers Power Co., is Ined fortheCoalYadTrack.

Firsi swiich east 0l Saginaw Rrver Bridge is connection wiih South WaterStreetSpur, normalposit ion oJthisswitch s l0rthe Noith WaterSheet Spur.GToR Rule l05appl ies.

The normal position oi the sec0nd swiich east of the Saglnalv Ril/er Bridgeleading irom the C & 0 Hirshiield Lead t0 the Nodh Water Strcet Spur, isllned and locked for GTW movements on the North WaterStreet Spu..

D0 not exceed 5 lvliles Per Hour with eniirc movement over Saginal1l RlverBidge.

2.10 S0UTH WATIR STREET SPUR - First swiich south oJ Sagiraw River Bidgeis connecUon lvith Souih Waier Street Spur. GToR Rule 105 app ies.

The follo!,ring segment of track, is designated as excepted track in accord-ance wiih seciion 213.4 of FRA track S#ety Standards elfective November i,1982, wjth the excepUon ofihose segments covered by section 213-4(D):

Souih Waier Street Spur beiween m leage 0.0 and mlleage 6.3, tvhich lnclud-ingBrownholsi t rack.

No irains shall be operaied on the ab0ve track thal conta ns more than fivecars required t0 be placarded by Hazardous llaterial ReguLation (49 CFRPart U2).

Maximum speed overSouth Water Sheet Spur is 5 mph.

2.11 BC lCT. Tftin movements on the Midland Subdivisjon enteing theSaglnaw Subd vision ai BC Jct. must obtain pernission to enterthe SaginawSubdivision from Trajn Dispatcher Pontiac Yard. Trajn movemenis lrom th€Saglnaw Subdivision io ihe l,rlidland Subdlvision must report clear l0 TrainDispatcher PoniiacYard.

2.12 llliieage 50.9 lMonitor Sugar Company, on Stone Track close clearance onnorth side.

Page 91: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

90TIMETABLE No. 2 _ APRIL 29Th,1984SAGINAW sUBDlVlSloN FoOTNoTES (Continued)

(continued trom pase 39)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

2.I3 J()II{T MAIN TRICK

SAGINAW - lt{ain Track frorn crossover ai Howard Streel south 5,420 ieetto Saginaw lmprovement Company's Spur, jo;nt th C&0. GTW timetableand ruhs govern. C&0 crel/ls, beiore fouling this track, will ascedain ver-bally by telephone fron the 0pentor at lt{ershon whether all trains havearriled and left and then will be govemed by GTOR Rule 93.

2.14 SAGINAW to MERSHON joint with C&0. GTW timetable and rules goven.

2.15 NoRIH WAIER STREET SPUR BAY CITY joint, ith C&0. GToR Ruh 105applres.

3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 Railway crcssing at grade.C&0 . . . . Mihage 37.8 (sheridan Ave) . . . . Automatic.0pemting instrudions posted at crossing.

3.2 SWING BRIDGE - Mile 39.3 . . . . Mechanical.No bridgetender on duty except as rcquked for movement of water traific.Bridge lined and locked ior rail traffic. Trains or locomoiives stopped bySToP signal mrst inspect bridge rail locks and if locks are in place andsecurc, train ot locomotive may then prcceed at restricted speed.

3J Railway c-ossing at grade.C&0.... [4i leage40.8....Mechanical.

3.4 SWING BRIDGE- North WaterStreetSpur Bay City. Trains and locomotivesmust stop at the SToP signs and proceed only on ftand signal frcm ihebidgetender.Bridgeiender musi inspect bridge locl$ before giving hand signal. In theabsence ofthe bridgelender, a member olthe crew must inspectthe bddgefor proper aligment and locking belore proceeding. December 16 io lMafch15, inclusive: N0 bridgetenderon duty. Bridge lined and Iocked Jor railtrafficduringthis period.

4 NON.INTERLOCKED

4.1 Raillvay crossingat grade-StorageTmck.Spur- -.. l t4i leage 4I.0... .Gate.Nomal positi0n clear f or Saginaw Sub.

4.2 Raill1aycrossing at grade.C&0.... Nodh Water Street Spur Atlantic Street C&0 Mileage 15.0. ...Stopwhei target horizontal, proceed when target caution. Normal position linedhorizonlal.

4.3 Railway crossing at gnde.C&0....Solth Walter Street Spur Woodside Ave. Bay City. ...Stop Signs.stop and proceed after protecting against C&0 novemenls.

(continued on page 91)

Page 92: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

9 t

TIMETABLE No. 1 - JANUARY lst, 1984SAGINAW SUBDIVISI0N F0oTN0TES (C0ntinued)

(continued rrom paae 90)

4 NON-INTERLOCKED(Continued)

4.4 Rail!.Jay crossing at grade.C&0 Soulh Water St. Spur, CenterSt., Bay City.. -.Automaiic.0peratlng insiructi0ns posted at crossing.

4.5 Railway crossingat grade.C&0 South Waier St. Spur,27th St., BayCity....Demib.Nofinalposit ion l inedforC&0.0pemiedbyGTWTmrnmen.

5 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS

5.i CaIs exceeding 315,000 lbs. gfoss rnust be covered by handling;nstructions.Speed to conlorm to iimetable restrictions with maximum speed 20 milesper hour behveen Melsh0n and Bay City.

5.2 High cube box cars nay be handled on N0.l East track oilyat mileage 53.3firlarquetie St. Bridge.

5.3 Cars and locomotives are pr0hibited beyond the gaie of Bay City Lumber Co.mikage 53.6.

5.4 Employees are prohibiied lrcn rlding on the side of cars when switchingIepair track Bay CityYard.

6 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE

6.1 SA0lNAW - All movements on Gemain Lead at East cenessee Street mustSToP and crossing protected by a member of the crcw, warning tralfic inadvance of the movement,Switch fiovemenis 0n old ltrlain Track over Holden, Mercdilh and H0!4Sirceis must be prolected by member of crcw waning traJfic in advance ofmovemenl,

6.2 |UERSH0N - AII movements over Stoker Si. on C&0 interchange track andCarrolton Rd. on Zilwauk€e Spur must SToP and crossing protected by arnember 0f the crew waming tmfllc in advaic€ oJ the movemeni.

6.3 BAY CITY - All novements on Bay Cjty lead to Kawkawlin at oruve St.Xa,,llkawlin must SToP and crossing protected by a membe. of the crell,waning halfic in advaflce of the movenent

6.4 Swiich Keyor Pull Button Conirol Instructions:Special Inslruction 9.2applies.

7 OTHER TRACKS

7.1 Mileage 16.8, Brent CreeL 200 feet in length, swihhNumber703.

7.2 Mileage 40.8 - 50-6 Storage Track, 51,744 feet inface N&S, Station Number715.

points face S. Station

lendh, switch poinh

Page 93: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

WESIWARDTRAINS

TISTWARDTMINS

= 3

MilesPerHour. . l 0

PAINESSUBDIVISION

EASTERN STANDARD TIME

STATIONS 5!

Main T€ck b€ins '! mjlease o-4

PAINES SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES1 RULE MODIFICATIONS

1.1 CTEARANCESSAGINAW -Tralns do not lequire clealance but musl have pernission frcnlTrain Dispatcher Poniiac Yard t0 enter Paines SubdivisionPAINES - C&0 trains do not rcquire deaftnce, but musi obtain permissionfrom Train Dispaicher Pontiac YaId to pfoceed East o{ Supe oI Strcdmileage 3.3.

1.2 TRAIN RTGISTER M()DIFICATI()NS+Tmins 0n joint main track are nol requied to register.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES2.i lOlNT IlllAIN TRAC( - Saginaw to Palnes ioint with C&0 GTW limetable

an0 rulesgoveln.2.2 SAGINAW-Iuncuon ol sagjnaw and Paines sub, no nal position ol switch

is iorsagina,,v sub.2.3 F0RDNEY - C&0 hains and locomotives wiLl oblain permission frcn Train

DisDatcher Pontiac Yard beforc entering and wjll report cleal of PalnesSuddivision ai Fordney mihage 3 2 and Saginal.l mileage 0.0

3 NON"INTERLOCKED3.1 Railway crossing at gnde.

C&0 lunction....Mileage 6.3.Nomalposition of sl,llilch forC&0.

4 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE4.1 PAINES - All inovements on ihe fomer PC trackage prcsenily noi being

used, beiween Pa:nes, m leage J 95.6 and end oi acquisilion, m:leage J 91 8.must STOP and crossing proiected by a member ol lhe (rel/v. llYarning lraflicin advance of lhe movelient ai South River Road nihage , 95.0 and SwanCreek Road mileage 192.6.

4.2 Switchkey0rplllbottomconlrclinstruciion:Special Insiruction 9.2 aPPlles.

MAXII{UM SPETDS

Maximumspeedentire Subdivision ...

Page 94: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

93

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

WESTWARDTRAII'IS

+MIDTAND

suBDtvtst0N

STERN STAI.{DARD TIME

EASTWARDTRAINS

: E5!

[4AXIMUM SPEEDSMilesperHour

Maximumspeedentirc S[bdivision ... . . 40

0 . 0 - i . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 01.0,1.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i01 . 5 , 1 0 . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 010 .0 .14 .5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 4 . 5 1 8 . 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i 0

I{AXIMU[4 CoNDITI0NALSPEEDS

MilesPerHour

!ntire Subdivision -Loaded unii coaltrain .. 30

MIDLAND SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES1 RULE MODIFICATIONS

I.1 CTEARANCESIIIIDLAND SlJBDlVlSlON - All Westward tmins musi obtain clearance atBay City or BC Jct.

I,2 TRAIN REGISTER MOD]FICATIONSBAY CITY-*Registerslation f0r hains 0iginaiing and tefininatjng.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES2.1 BAY CITY-IVIIDLAND SUBDIVISI0N - Trains openiing between Bay City and

BC Jct. via Saginaw Subdivision lljill be governed by Saginaw Subdivisionlootnotes.

2.2 BC lCT. - Trains and locomotive movenents from Midland Subdivisionarrlving at BC Jct. must communicaie llliih operator Bay City for instruc-tions.

2.3 BC JCI - Trajns moling irom Saginaw Subdivision to ll/|idland Subdivisionmust report clear 0f Saginaw Subd; sion.

STATIONS

Page 95: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

94

TIMETABLE No' 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

MIDIAND SUBDIVISI0N FOOTNOTES (Continued)(coniinued fom pace 93)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)- 2.4 BC JCT. - Normal posiiion of Jct. switch Midland Subdivision mileage 0 0

is f or Saginaw Subdivision.

2.5 I!]IDLAND - Nomal position of East switch to VlryE mileage 145 is lrcmMidland Subdivisjon i0 Dow Chenical Spur.

2.6 IIIDLAND - All trains or locomotives will contact operator Bay City uponar valordepartureflomDoVl

2.7 Securiiy locks now replace GTW sl(itch locks on Main T€ck switches 0nenuresubdivislon.

3 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS3.1 cars haling a gross weight in excess 0i 315,000 lbs. tnust be covered by

handling instructions.

3.2 All 6 axles locornolives are prchibiied betl.leei East WYE switch mileage- i4.5 and Midland and on wdst leg of lilYE lvlidland mileage 15 0 to Dol,vChemicalSpur.

4 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE

4.i Suitch ltey or Pull Button contrcl lnstructions:

Special Instruction 9.2 aPPlies.

5 OTHER TRACKS

5.I Mileage 6.5, Deshano Inc, 394 feet in lenglh, switch poinls face E SiationNumber732.

5.2 Mileage 7.6, fatm Bureau, 921 feet in length, svritch poinis tuce W StationNumber732.

5.3 Mileage 7.8, Wick lbr., 1200 leet in length, switch points face W. StationNunber732.

Page 96: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

95

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th,1984

WESII1ARDTMINS GRAND RAPIDS

SUBDIVISION

TISTERN STtrNDIRO TIME

= 3 STATIONS

e . , . . C o R U N N A . . , . .

9 . . . . S A N . . . . . . .

clc betu€en Mir.lg€ 620 en

M.ln TEckbesine at Nlrleaae 63,3.

II

, . . . . . . . . ovrD . . . . . ., ..,. SIIEPARDSVILLE ,.

. . . . . . . s r . l o H N s . . . .

. . . . . . . . f o w t E E . . . . .

. . . . . . . . l o N r A . . . . .

MtrXIMUIi|SPEEDS lililesPer

Maxinunspeede irc HoltSubd iv i s ion . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . - 49

6 i . 0 . 6 7 . 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 56 7 . 2 . 6 8 . 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i 06 8 . 8 . 6 9 . 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 06 9 . 8 . 7 6 . 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 976 .2 .80 .4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A8 0 . 4 - 8 8 . 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 98 8 . 5 , 8 9 . 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 089.2.153.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49i 5 3 . 2 - 1 5 4 . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 51 5 4 . 0 . 1 5 9 . 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0159 .5 .164 .0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

MA){IMUIiISPEIDS lililesPer

Maximumspeede ie HoutSubd iv i s ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

164 .0 .165 .3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491 6 5 . 3 - 1 6 6 . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 0166 .0 -178 .3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491 7 8 . 3 . 1 i 8 . 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 51 7 8 . 6 - 1 9 2 . 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 91 9 2 . 5 - 1 9 5 . 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0

MAXIMU MND|TI() ILSPEEDSMilesreIHour

200-250 ton auxil iary cnne ... . .20(cohrinu€d on tse 96)

_i;

Page 97: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

96

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

GRAND RAPIDS SUBDTVISION TOOTNOTES(continued iiom pase 9s)

1 RULE MODIFICATIONS1.I CIEARANCES

DURAND - All Wesiward tmins require dearance at Durand.

. SAN - Eastward irains oiginatiig at 0wosso requirc clearance at 0wosso' 0W0SS0 JCT. - Trains moving Jrom Greenville $bdivision to Gland RapidsSlbdivision will not require clearance, but must obtain permission io enterGrand Rapids Subdivisioi fiom Tmin Dispatcher Pontiac Yard.FULLER -Allirains must obiain dearancePENN lcT. - Tmins iiom coopelsville Subdilision , ill not requite cleal_3nce,MUSKEG0N - Easiward trainswillnot lequirc cleannce.

1.2 TRAIN RTGISTER I ()DIFICATIONSDURAND -+Regisier station foI hains orjginating and teminaling.TSBY trains l,vill not register unless required by Train 0rderto d0 so.GRAND RAPlDS-*Siandard Clockand Bulletins otllyFtILLER -*Standard Clock onlY.

1.3 SPECIAI INSTRUCTIONS APPLY9.3 between Durand and mileage 67.9.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 DURAND - Within yard limiis Duand, when emergency conditions existor it is known ihal public crossing at grade will be blocked in excess of 5minDtes, traln and locomoiive crews will immediately coniact Yardmastelor0perator Dunnd.When cars are placed in the Nodh Track, West ofthe Top End Shanty, therewillbe suliicient hand brakes sei 0nsuch cals io keepthem Ircm novingandno lessthan:

l bmke for i car2 brakes for2 to 12 cars3 brakes for i8 cars1 bftke ior each additional 6 cals

The south side ofthe norih track is designated as the workingside.

2.2 lvlihage 75.5 ai Corunna flevator Company tracks. l!|ileage 78.8 Valley Lum_ber Company,0n industrial iead. Crew menbers are prchibited from ridingon side o{ caIs when slililchlng account close clearance.

2.3 0W0SS0 lCT. - lunction oJ Grand Rapids and Gleenville Subdivision. Nor_mal Dosition of swihh is lor Grand Rapids Subdivhion.

2.4 loNlA - cars 0f equipment rnust not be left standing 0n siding \'!ithin 200feet, (Easi and West) oJ lefieGon Street, mileage 123.6Cars or equipment must not be left standjng fithin 300 feet either side oiHudson St. on JomerC0 kackageCaIs 85 ieet oI longer m0st noi be moved ihrcugh the firsttumout nodh ofDexterSt. on former C0 tiackageCrossties have been inslalled at eid oi GTW opemtion onlorner C0 trackage0.5nilesouih and 0.7mih north ofMainTrack4aximum speed on former C0 trackage is i5 niles perhour.

(cdniinued on pago 9,

Page 98: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

97

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 291h, 7944GRAND RAPIDS SUBDMSI0N FooTNoTES (Continued)

(codinued from pac. 96)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

2.5 [4ileage 132.8 - Bidge over Saranac Creek. Employees arc pohibited frumcrcssing bidge on foot.

2.6 i\l|ileage 148.0 - Whei switching Amway Corporati0n's Stub Track servingianks on south end, walkllvay is 0n east side ol tracks and s\,litching mustbe from ih;s side. Switch heaten aid electrical junction boxes arc locatednearallswitches.

2.7 PENN JCI -Junction of Gmnd Rapids and Coopersvilh Subdlvisions. Nornal Dosition 0f switch is {or Grand Ralids Subdivisioi.

2.8 IVUSKEGoN - All trains leave inhound lllaybills and get oulbound waybillsand instructions from !1'aybill box located on pole between No.4 and No.syard slvitchesiustwest of Henry Sireei.

2,9 IOINTMAINTRACKDURAND - T€ckage between Durand Depot and mihage 76.5 loint, ithTSBY. GTW rules and tinetable govern.TSBY Tmins coniact Yardmaster or operator Durand on GTW Channel 1 forinstructi0ns on Yard Tnck io use lhrough Dorand Yard.

2.10 0W0SS0 - FoRIMER PC TRACIfiCE - extending 2.6 miles south and 0.8miles north of lll|ain Track, rnileage 79.2. AII irains moving on this irackagewlll be govemed by GT0R Rule 105.TSBYtrains operaiing north of this trackage must obtain pefmission t0 enterand rcport clear to Tnin Dispaicher Pontiac Yard. The permission to enter0r rcport clear t0 Train Dispatcher Pontiac Yard may be obtained Jrom the0peraiorDumnd,At Strcet and Highway crossings be governed by Special Instruction 9.2.Speed on Andenon FertilizerTrack musi not exceed 5 miles per holtOWOSSO _ FORMER MTRACKAGETrains and locomotives do not exceed 10 niles per hour on lomerAAtack-age betl'veen SAN mlleage 76.5, Grand Rapids Subdivhion and owosso Jct.mileage 0.1, Greenville Subdivision. All kains moving on ihis trackage willbe governed by GToR Rule 105.SpeedonGlobeljnionTrackmusinotexceed5fi i lesperhour.All trains and locomoiives contaci Traifl Dispatcher Pontiac Yard beforeoccupying Grand Rapids Subdivision atSAN.

2.11 GRAND RAPIDS - Normal posilion oi all switches on passing hack mileage157.5 west of Coldbrook Street are io be lined and locked ior sand track.Handrails have been removed from the Norih end oi b dge Mileage 158.3

2.12 FULLER- lrrlainTmck fmm Wye Track sYlitch at Broadway St. to fi6tswihheast, jolnt with C&0. GTW timelable and rules golern.C&0 lllain Track frum Wye Tlack switch at Ann Strcei io long Siding, jointl/liih GTW Crews deliveing cars to C&0 at Fuller must obtaln permissioniiom 0perator at Fulhr before folling the C&0 ll4ain Track, and thei willbe governed by the second pamgraph of re'/ised C&0 Rule 93'4, reading asiollows:Within Yard Limits, hains and engines (except tirst ClassTralns) must novepreDared to slop \frilhin one.hali the range 0l vsion, n0i e{ceeding 15 MPHunless tle Main ftack is known t0 be clear by Block Signal ind caton. [4ove.nenh against the Coiient of Traffic on the l\lain Tracl$ must be made byTrain order or authority designated by special instructions.

2.13 Security locl$ now rcplace GIW switch locks on Main Track switches behleennihage 68.9 and mileage 178.6.

(Conlinued on pase93)

Page 99: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

98

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984GRAND RAPIDS SUBDIVISION F()()INOTES (Continued)

(continued rrcm page97)

3 INTERLOCKINGS3.I Raijway crossing at grade.

Flint Sub.. . . . l , l i leage 67.0... . Control led.Contact Tmin Dispatcher PontiacYard for required inslructions.

3.2 Railway crossing at glade.GTW... . l t4i leage 123.8. . . .Mechanical.lJna tlend ed. 0pe

"t ng.rstruclions posied atcrossing.

3.3 Raill|lay crossing at grade.C&0....Mileage l39.0... .Automatic.0perating instructions posted at crossing.

4 NON-INTERLOCKED4.1 Railwaycrossingat grade.

C&0.... [r l i leage 158.8.CR. . . .M i l eage158 .8 .Slop and proceedwhen gates are properlylined.

4.2 Railway crossingat gmde.C&0. . . .MiJeage 195.3 (Waalkes Si.). . -.Gate.Normal position, clearior C&0.0pemted by GTWIminmen.

4.3 Railway crossing at grade.M uskegon Jem ina I Tnck.C&0 Spur....Mileage 93.4 (Old MRN [4ain Track) (1,4!skegon-[4adisonSheet).-..Gate.Nomal posiiioi cleariorGTw.

4.4 Railway crcssingat gftde.C&0... . Lake Frcnt Spur (Muskegon - gth St. & Western Ave.). ...Derailandgate.Normalpos:l ion c ea for C&0.operaled by CTWTrainmen.

4.5 Raill1'ay crossingat gmde.C&0Spur... . LakeFrontSpur(Muskogon-WesternAve.).. . .Gate.N0 ra pos i on dFar for C&0.ope aled by GMlrainmen.

4-6 Railway crossing at grade.DresserWye Tmck.C&0... . l4anahan Spur (Muskegon Hb.- Park St and ll4anahan AveJStop and proceed alter prctecting against C&0 movemenh.

4.7 RaiMay crossingat grade.DresserCrane Lead.C&0....L4anahan Spur (Muskegon Hls. - Dresser Crane Plant insidegates).Stop and proceed after prutecting against C&0 and Dresser Crane Donl@ylocomoiive movements,

4.8 Raill,vay clossing afgrade.Shal/v'WalkerLead

(coitinued o. page 99)

Page 100: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984GRAND RAPIDS SUBDIVISI0N FooINoIES (Continued)

(continued f rom pa96 93)

4 NON-tNTERLocKED (Continued)

C&0... -( luskegon- Eleventh St. and Henry St.). . . . Gate.Normal position, clear for C&0.0perated by GTW Trainmen.

4.9 Railway crcssingat grade.ShawWalkerLead.C&0. -..(Muskegon- ElevenlhSt. and Western Ave.) . . . . GateNornl,l posjuon, clear for C&0.0Derated bv GTW Trainmen.

5 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS5.1 Cars exceeding 263,000 lbs. gross rnust be covered by handling insiructions.5.2 Jordan Spreaders must not be handled on Main Track passing station plat_

fom at Grand Ralids.5.3 MUSXEGON - Trailer or auiomobile cafiying llat ca$ 85 ieet or morc in

lenglh are rest cted frcm curue at lvluskegon BBC track {ormer PCYard.

6 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE6.1 0W0SS0 (Former AA Trackage) - Corunna A!e. - Siarting cilcuit lor \vest-

ward tiaiis are 440 feet east of Coronna Avenue.When a west!'/ad tmin has t0 d0uble head end over and wlll then occupyapproach circuit, irain lllill back off approach circlit as soon as double iscornpleted. lJ an eastward train has east lead loul preventing back up move,westward hain will not double over uniil eastward hain has depart€d.In the event approach circuit is occupied and cannoi be cleared promptly,nenber of crew must goto crossing and dired talfic.FoRMER AA TRACI$GE - Shiawassee sireet - Auiomatic flasher lightsig'nals at South Shiawassee Skeet, (Roote M-52), operated ior novemenls ontwo tracks over this crcssing, Stading clrcuits for movenenls on maintfack are located approximately 800 ft. irom clossing in each directron.Circuits cut oui and opelation oJ signal lighls stop after rnovernent passesoverand cleanthecrossing,toRl{ER M TRACKAGE - Track io Woodard Plant - circuit is arrangedso llhen main track switch is s€t tol mouement inio Wooda.d Plani, iracksignah will cut out and stop opemiing. Signals ltill start again operaiingwhen novement reach insulated joint on kack t0 Woodard Plani 25 it eastof pavement. This applies llhether oI not cals aru left 0n main tnck €astof switch.Fot novements on tacks other than nain, due to shorbess of approachcirclits (25 ft.) lull stop must be made after r€aching starijng circuits andbe{ore movement actually ente6the clossing.F0R[4ER AA TRACI$GE - Chipman Strcet - All tiains and locon]otivesrakng }|lest rovemenl kon Gmnd Rapids Sub. to Greenv;lle Sub. mustsLo0 llv:th locomorue o'cars on hack crcuit, which exlends 150 feet eastof ;ossing, and allolv automatic prctection t0 function f0.20 seconds, he_iore movement is made over crossrng,IoRMER PC InACMGE - All movements over Stevlard Slrcet second cros6.ing (0.4 miles) south of Graid Rapids Main Tlack must SToP and cmssingpmtected by a member of lhe crelr, $aming hamc in aduance ol be move.m€nt'

Page 101: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

100

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

GRAND RAPIDS SUBDIVISI0N FO0TNOTIS (Continued)(coniinded Jrcm pace 99)

5 PUBLIC CRoSSING AT GRADE (Continued)

6.2 sT. JoHNS -AIl movemenis on Elevator Track at clinton St., mileage 98-2and Meade St, mileage 98.0 nustSToP and crossing protected hya menberofthe crew with lighted Jusees

6.3 ADA-All novemenh over pivate road crossing located 750 {eet Nodh ofHighway 21 on Amway popedy, must stop and crcssing protected by aflembel of the clel,v, warning tmffic in advance of the movemeni,Mileage 148.1, Ada - The gaie to Amway Conoration, located just nodh olM 2i highway, on Amway Lead must be opened befole cals are moved oniolhe Iead.

6.4 |USKEG0N HTS. - HACKLEY AVE. - Tains and locomoiives must stopand no movemenls may be made over the crossing unlil motolvehiculariraffic has been llagged t0 a stop and cmssing is protecied by a memherolthe cre,lll.

6.5 MUSKEC0N - All movemenis over Lakeion Avenue crossing on the iormelll4RN lrackage ovef Beidler Stred on the Shaw Walker Lead, and overBroadmoor Street and Harvey Street 0n Laketon Ave. Spur must ST0P andcrossing protected by a member of the crew, waming imlfic in adlance ofthemovement.

6.6 Switchl(eyorPull ButtonContrcl Insiructions:Special lnstruction 9.2 applhs.

7 OTHER TRACKS

7.i fi4ileage 69.3, Venon, 6,860 feet in length, swihh poinh face E. StationNumber 630.

7.2 Miieage 70.2, Vernon, 1,115 feet ln length, switch loinis face E.&W StaiionNumber630.

7.3 Mileage 74.2, Corunna,5,800 feet in length, switch points face t. SiationNumber632.

7.4 l,{ileage 75.3, Corunna, 2,000 feet in lengih, swiich poinis tace E.&W Sta'rion Number 6J?.

7.5 l\4ileage 91.5, Shepardsville, 2,450 feet in length, sltlitch points face E.&W.Staiion Nufiber 638.

7.6 Mileage 99.5, lvoriady, 71 feet in length, switch poinh {ace W. StationNumber639.

7.7 Mileag€ 104.2, Clinton Crcp Se ice, 521 feet in length. switch poinh iaceE. Siation Number 639.

7.8 Mileage 11i.7, [4uir,700 feet in length, swiich points Jace E.&W. StationNumber642.

7,9 l4ileage 1U.7, Muir, 942 feet in ]ength, swiich poinls face W Station Num-ber642.

7.10 Mileage 132.2, Saranac, 1,501 feet in length, switch points Iace E. stationNumb€r645.

7.ll Mileage 132.7, Saranac Milk Co., 190 fe€i in length, slyiich points face E.Station Nurnber 645.

7.12 Mileage 147.0, Kent Couniy Road Comm., 393 feet in length, switch polntstace E. Station Number647.

7.i3 lllileage I48.1, Ada, 97i feet in length, switch points face E. All 6 axle 10c0.rnotives prohibited 50 fed llest of denil. Station Number 647.

Page 102: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

GREENVILLESUBDIVISION

EASTERN STANDARD TIME

STATIONS

101

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 7944

WESTWARDTRAINS

tAsn'lrnDTRAINS

Mil€sPerHour

MilesPerHour

5e "; ;

.. 0Yt0ss0 JcT. ..

5 . . . . c m u n o . . . .F . . . . . E L S I E . . . . . .

9 . . . AANTISTER . ,

. . . . . as t i l tY . . . . .

. . . P E R R t l l T o l { . . .

. . , , MIDDLEIOI { . . ,

. . . c^No ctTY . . .

GToR RuLes 41 and 44 applica

llllaxinum speed entireSubdivision . . . -. . . . . . 40

0 . 0 . L 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0r .2 . r2 .0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4D1 2 . 0 2 0 . 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 02 0 . 5 3 9 . 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 0

MAXIMUM CONDITI()NATSPEEDS

tntireSubdivision-200-250 ion auxlliary

c m n e . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . 2 0Auxiliarycranes

ove ra l l b r i dges . . . . . . . I 0

GREENVILTE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES1 RULE MODIFICATIONS

1,I CI.EARANCES

0I|/0SS0 JcT. - Alltrains moving Jrom and to Greenville Sub. !{ill not re_quite clearance, but must oblain permission to enter and must repod cleario Tmin Dispatcher PontiacYard.ASHLEY - Tmins moving frcm TSBY to Greenville Subdivislon l'Jill noi rc-ouire clearance but must receive pemissjon {rom Tftin Dispatcher PoniiacYaid beioreentedngGreenvilTeSubdivisionGREENVILLE SUBDIVISI0N - Tfains o ginaiing ai Dumnd lYilj obtain clear'anceatDu€nd,

(cont nued on paee 102)

MAXIIIIUM SPEEDS

Page 103: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

ro2TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984GREENVILtE SUBDMSI0N FOOTNOTES (Continued)

(Coniinuedfrom page r01)

1 RULE MODIFICATIONS (Continued)

GREENVILtE SUBD l\,lsl0N - TSBY Trains originating at owosso willobiaincleamnce at 0wosso.

1,2 TRAII{ REGISTER MODIFICATIONSDURAND -*Register staiion f or GT trains odginating and teminating.0W0SS0-+Registerstation forTSBYtrains originating and terminating.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Trains operating east oi 0l,vossorjci. will be governed by Gnnd Rapids Sub-divis on foolnotes.

2.2 0W0SS0 - D0 not exceed 5 miles per houa on the American Aerosol Sid-ingmileage0.5.This irack is io be l|lofked Jrom Northside only.

2.3 Jo|NT Mfll{ TRACT(0W0SS0 JCTto ASHIEY, and the 3,133 feet north oi switch at mileage 20.5Ashl€y on fomer AA kackage, joint lvith TSBY. GTW tinetable and rulesgovern.Nomal position of swiich at owosso Jd. leading from iormer M Tackageto the Greenville Subdivision locaied at mileage 0.1is forfonnerMTrackage.

2.4 ASHLEY - Nomal position of swihh at mileage 20.5 is for Greenville Sub-division. ll4ovemeni on fomer M trackage to end ol GTW ownership 3,133fed north ofswihh mileage 20.5 Ashleyis in accordancewith GToR Rule 93.

2.5 Security locks nol,v replace GTW switch locks on ll4ain Track switches anentire subdivlsion.

3 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS3.1 Cars exceeding 220,000 lbs. gross must be covered by handling iistructions

belllleen Ashley and Caaon City. These ca$ rnust be separated from loco-m0iive and any other heaw load by ai least one car with ffoss weight notexceeding 160,000 lbs. each. Speed to conlom to timetable rcsirhtions uithmaximum speed 0f 15 miles per hout reduced t0 10 rniles per hour ovei

Mileage 30.5 Pine CreekIll|;leage2I.9 BearCreek

3.2 All6 axles loconotives prohibited Ashleyto Carson City.

4 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE4.1 Switch KeyorPull ButtonControl Instructions:

Special Inshuciion 9.2 applies.

5 OTHER TRACKS5.1 lvlileage 25.0,01a,870 feet in length, switch pointsface E.&W. Statioi Num.

ber753.5.2 l4ileage 26.9, Pompeii, 490 feet !n leigth, sMriich poinh face [.&w. Staiion

Number754.5.3 Mileage 26.9, Pompeii, 332 feet in length, switch points face E.&W Station

Nomber754.54 Mileage 40.1, Ca$on Ciiy, 332 feet in length, $ritch points face W. Station

Number760.

Page 104: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

103

TIMETABLE No. 2 _ APRIL 29Th,1984

WESTWARDTRAINS COOPERSVITTE

SUBDIVISION

EASTERN STAND,4RD TIME-TSTATIONS

EASTI{ARD

1

=a -E;

--n--)\L

. . . . . PE|{N lCT. . . . .

. . . . . . A n N E . .

.. . cooPERsvtLLE -. .

MMIIYIUM SPTEDSMilesPerHour

Maxinum speed eniircSubd iv i s ion . . . . . . . . . . 35

1 . 0 . 7 . 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5

I{AXIMU[,] CoNDlTloN[tSPEEDS

MilesPerHour

200.250t0naux i l i a r yc rane . . . . . . . . 20

COOPERSVILLE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES1 RULE MODIFICATIONS

I.I CTEIRAI{CESPENN JCT. - Tmins frcn Grand Rapids Subdivision will not lequirc clear'ance,

C00PERSVILLE - Eastl1ad trains will not require dearance.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES2.1 PENN JCT. -lunction 0f Grand Rapids and Coopersville Subdivisions. NoF

mal Dosition of switch is for Grand Rapids Subdivision. Tmins operatingeast bi Penn Jct. lllill be governed by Gftnd Rapids Subdilision Fooinoies.

2.2 C00PERSVILLE - All movements over Eastmanville Strcet mileage 73 aidFilst Street niieage 7.2 must SToP and crossing protected by a member ofthe crew, warning t|affic in advance of lhe movern€nt,

3 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS

3.1 Cars exceeding 263,000 lbs. gross must be covered by handling instructions

4 OTHER TRACKS

4.I [4ileage i.1, Klein Fertilizer,3T3 feet in Iength, slllitch poiits iace W Stati0nNumber652.

4.2 l\4ileage 1.3, Marne, 1153 ieet in length, switch points face E.&W. stationNunber652.

Page 105: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

104

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 291h, L984

SOUTHWARDTRAINS---

f---

.EE=a

RIVERSUBDIVISION

I{ORTHWARDTRIINS

TISTERN STANDIRD TIME

STATIONS

1

eE!SE

MainTrack beeins al Mileas€ 1.7

twoon short cut.nd south Yad.

1. K P . . . t F R 0 r 7 I .

MAXIIi,IUM SPEEDSMilesPerHour

llllaxinum Speed enlireSuhd iv i s ion . . . . . . . . . . 20

l.6. l .TShoricutBridge ... 6L7 -4 .4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 . 4 . 1 7 . 2 . . . . . . . . . . 2 0

Entire Subdivision-200.250ton

auxil iary crane ..Hot l \ leial trains .. . . . .Th ru tu rnou ts . . , , . . . .

20l i10

RIVER SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTESI RULE MODIFICATIONS

1.1 ctEARtNCES

SoUTH YARD - Southward t@ins do not rcquire clearance but must havepermission fron Train Dispatcher before depading south yard.

FIAT RoCK-All Nodhwad Tmins must obiain a clearance.

1.2 IRAIN nEGFTER 0DIFICATI0NSFoRD YARD -*Standard Clock and Bulletins only,FIAT RoCK -*Register station iortnins originating and terminating.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 SHoRT CUT - Single irack bet\Ieen south side oi Shod Cut nileag€ 1.7,and nodh end Soulh Yard, mileage 2.0, movement by I\4anualBlock.

Page 106: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

105

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29rh, 1984RIVER SUBDIVISI0N F00TN0TES (Continued)

(continuedrrcn paae 104)

2 cENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

This poilion oj Main Track, opemted as lManual Block and indicaied byII4anual Bl0ck signs, is underthe jurisdiction of the Block 0perator at ShodCut. Verbal pemhsion from the Block operator rnusi be obiained for Nodh.ard Tcins or Locomotives t0 use lhistnck.

All nodhward movenents Jrom Souih Yard requiing lhe use oi this ManualBl0ck lerrilory must 0btain permission ai either Ford Yard, or at the n0dhend ofyard bdore leaving SolthYard.

southward movements may proceed on fixed signal indication at Short Cutin lieu of verbal permission.

When any movement clea6 the main track in this iedtory at South Yardor at any iniemediate point, the Conductor or a crcw member!1lho has beenproperly insirucied by the Conductor musi call block operator ai Short Cutor Supervlsor Ford Yard and repori clear and musi noi rc.enier or foulma n kack uniil after receiving iuiher block permlssion t0 do s0.

No bain 0r loconotive will be permitled to enter this territory I1hil€ it isoccupied by anolher tra n or loconrotive unless authorized by the Superin.

2.2 yrryANDonE - At Wyandotte, northward trains destined t0 Conrail at Mjllwill pr0ceed when indicator, located at mihage 7.5 displays a lunar !|lhiteindicati0n. lf the lunar whiie indicati0n;s not displayed, kains !1lith morethan 25 caIs lvi I stop clear 0l indicator, ihen call Ford Yard {0r instrucU0nsand be governed accordingly. lndicator does not convey condition 0l trackbet|!een lndicaior and advance signal 10r L4ill. lts oniy purpose is t0 pelmittrains belng 0perated via ihe Conrail at I{ill ta proceed withoui siopping orstop and call for insiructions.

Crel,ys nust ascertain locati0n of trains beiore fouling main lrack in theWyandotte'Trenton ierritory and use extreme cauiion around reverse curvesatWyandotte.

Diversey Conoraiion mileage 6.5 Wyandotte crews are pruhibiied ifom rldingon side of caIs while swlhhing at this l0caiion.

2.3 Alllraln and yard movement operating 0n the main irack belween FN mile-age 11.1 and Mill mlleage 5.0 and S0uth Yard mileage 3.2 must firsi receivepemission Jrom the Train Dispatcher at Flat Rock, and be governed by hisinsiructi0ns belore enteing this terrliory.

Authorization frcm theTmin Dispatchernay be obtained throlgh CR Bridge,Ford Yard, FN orHunpTowervia radio.

2.4 GToR Rules 281, 285, and 292 at the lolJowing interl0cking signal lomtion,the absence 0i a signal light in the boltom portion of a double head signalrnast wilJ not be considered as an jmperfecUy displayed signal as ouilinedin GTOR Rule 27.

Those inierlocking signah are not equipped l'lith number plales and the sjg-nal .ed light aspect will indicate GT0R Rule 292. The only tine both lightson these double headed signals mast will be lit is to display a reslrhiingindication GToRRule 290.

Lrlileage 11.0 TRENToN-Southl.lard signal.(contiiued on page r06)

Page 107: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

106

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984RIUER SUBDIVISI0N F00TNoTES (C0niinued)

(conrinued rrom pase 105)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

2.5 l\4ileage 13.2 and nileage 13.3 Fod Street, Trenton, trains oI locoriotives,either dircctjon, not naking a thr0ugh novement ovel the crossing l,yillcause ihe highway protection device to be autonralically interupted.

Afier pmtection has been interlupted, tmins or locomoUves approachinglhecrosslng will restart the protection. Afler automatic prclection has been rc_started-ii must be allowed to operate 20 seconds befole proceeding overlhecrossing,

2.6 IOINT MAIN TRACK

Short Cut to Souih Yard joint wjth GLS. GT Timeiable, opetating rules and. special instructions apply.

It4illt0 Windsor,0ntario,loiniwith CR and CP. CR Timetable and rules govenbetween Mill and east end CR ElectricYard Windsor. CP special instructionsapply beil|leen East end of CR Elect c Yard and CP Yard Windsor

lt4illto Vinewood jointwith CR. CR Timdable and rules govern between [4illand CR Vinewood.

3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 Lift Bidge.

l\4ileage I.7....l,4echaiical. BridgeTenderon dd,.

3.2 Junction CR.

llileage 4.8. -..Conholled. Contact opelatorat CR Bridgefor insiructions

3.3 Rail,ray crossingat gmde.

cR....ll4ileage 6.3. . . . Sefi i.Automatlc. Be governed by special instruction6.1.

3l Railway crossing at grade.

CR. . . . Mileage 8.L . . .Seni.Automatlc. 8e govened by special instrudion6.1.

3.5 Railway crossingat grade.

CR. .. .Mileage 9.4. -. .Semi-Automatic. Be govened by special instrudlon6.I.

3.6 Railway crcssingat grade.

CR....Mileage 11.1... .Mechanical.

GT0R Rule 104 B applies at Dual Control Switches on conneciion betweenRirerSubdivision and Sh0re Line Subdivisi0n.

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS

(1 CaB exceeding 315,000 lbs. gross must be covered by handling inskuctions.

(continued on Page ro7)

Page 108: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

ro7TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

RIVIRSUBDMSI0N F00TNoTES (C0ntinued)(continued rrom page 10€)

4 EqUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS (Continued)

4.2 AII 6 axle locomotives prohibited fron the following tracksjMileage l0.9l\4cLouthSieel PlantalitracksMileage 8.I ltrlA-i TrackMieage 6.4 MA 2T achMileage 2.6 Great Lakes Steel 80 inch lvlill Track

4.3 Special Instruction 7.25, Cars Conlaining Flammabh cas, applies betueenMileage 1.7 and lv|lleage 17.2.

5 ELECTRICALLY LOGKED HAND-OPERATED SWITCHES

5.1 lvlileage i1.0 Mclouth Hi-Ljne. Be governed by GT0R Rule 104 C. Contactoperator FN beforc removing padlock from keeper.

6 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE

6.1 Alllrajn and locomoiive movements overthe followingstreet crossiigs mustbe prcceded by a menber o1 ihe crew l,vho will act as Fkgman until cross-ing is occupied byTrain movement.Har son Si. mileage ll.4connectiontoShore Line Sub.Kng Road miieage 10.7 QuarryTracklei ie6onAve. mileage9.0

7 LOCATION OF STANDARD CLOCKS7,1 FLAT ROCK

Page 109: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th,l9A4

DEARBORNsuBDrvrsr0N

EASIERN STANDARD TII{E

SOUTIIWARDTRAINS

NORTHWARDTRIINS

A -

5;3=3 STATIONS. . , . . , , F0RDSolr . , . - .

. . . . . . . . R o U G E . . . . . .

.. . scMEfEi TowEi ..

. . _ . , 0Ax$000 Jsr. , , ,1 .1

. . . . . . _ . . P t R ( _ . , , , , .

. . . . . . . F E N m n D . . . . .

. . . . , . . . . P E M { . , . . , . ._. . . _. FonD HlvEt{ . .. .

. . . , . . . D l | J C t . . . _ .

. . . . . . F l t r BoG( . . . .

MAXII{UM SPEEDSIi,tilesPerllou

l n r u t u t n o u $ . . . . _ _ . .

25

10

40204020

DEARBORN SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES1 RULE MODIFICATIONS

1.1 CLETRANCESR0UGE-Alltrains o giiating require clearanceDearbon Subdivision irains 0 ginating at Flat Rock must obtain clearanceaiFlatRock.

1.2 IRAIN REGISTTR M()DIFICATIONS

ttAT RoC( -*Register station for traiN originating and teminating.R0l.JGE-*Siandad Clock and Bulletins only.

1.3 GToR Rule 1048 ;s not applicable at dual conlrol switches. A signal nain-tainerwil lhandledualcontol0rpowersl l i lchesiiCTC.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 D&l JUNCTIoN - Contact Yardmaster FIat Rock for noyerient against th€cufient of kaffic betreen nileage 0.0 and rnileage 2.8.

Maximum speed entiresubdivision . . . . . . . . . .

0.0-2.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 . 8 - 9 . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 . 3 - 1 3 . 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Entire Subdivision -

200.250 tonAuxil iaryCGne ... . .

Ho tMe ta lT ra ins . . . . . .

Page 110: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

109

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 7944

DEARB0RN SUBDMSI0N t0oTNoTES (C0ntinued)(conrinuedfrom pacelos)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

2.2 RoUGE - Contact Yardmasier Rouge fol movement against the curreni 0ftraffic bel\lleen mileage 9.2 and mileage 13.6.

2.3 Sidlngs ol an assigned difeciion must noi be used in revelse dileciion un'less authorized by Superlntendeni or an eneqency under flag proteciion.

3 INTERLOCKINGS3.I Rail!,\,ay crossing at grade.

CR.... l l , I ihage6.0... .Semi.Automatlc.Route through inter ocklng will be automatically esiablished when apprcachclrcuit s occupled by kain or l0c0noiive and aJier Tmjn Dispaicher has re-quested a route by ihe use ofthe code c0ntr0lsystem. Southbound approachcjrcult extsnds from 10,750 leet nodh oi advance signal (Sig. 7-1) to south'boInd interl0cking signal. Norihbound apprcach cllcult extends lf0m 12,350feet south of Penn t0 northbound interlocking signal.Aitertraln or locornotive has occupied approach {or i2 minutes, rouie willberekased, and the int€rlocking signal will display GToR Rule 292. T0 rc'establish r0ute, imln or l0comotive must 0ccupy reclear circult located be-tween interl0cking signal and points designaied by yellow paint 100 {eetahead of interlocklng slgnal-Thissame reclear clrcuit nust be occupied afier makinga n0vementthroughinierlocking limits, then desiring lo relurn t0 traln. Ttain or loconoti,Je en-iering interlocklng limih must make c0mplete lhlough rnove.lf for any teason the plant becomes inoperaUve, a member 0f the crew willopon ihe enp'gency release bo, noLfted on the CR relay hoJrps in t\p s0rlh.easI qra0ralt oi t le cross rg ard be Coverned by :nsirLcl iors postPd l lele'in. Inlom train dispatcher olihe intellocking plant iailurc.

GT and CR Dispatcher circuits are located in CR phone box on CR relay housein southeasl quadrant of crcssing and in GT phone box at interchange tnckswiich on east side oi hack.

3.2 Rail, ay crcssing atgrade.NW... Nli leage 10.7 ..Control led.Contaci N&W 0perator lhrough Yardrnaster Rouge Yard

3.3 Rail|ray crossingat gmde.

CR. . . .Mileage 13.5. . . .Mechanical.

4 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS

4.1 Cars exceeding 315,000 lbs. gross musi be coveled by handling instructions.

4.2 All 6 axle locomoiives are prohiblted fron opdating on all kack other thanII]IainTrack.

4.3 Hi.cube box cars and all other long ca$ !!ith 64 iooi oI over truck cente|sarc resvicted on kacks N0- 8 and 8A, Socony Mobll, Trenton

4.4 Equipnent 60 ieet or longer cannot be handled through double crossover lomdvd from on€ end of Penfold Sidiigto the other.

(cominued Dn page 110)

Page 111: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

1 1 0

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984DHRB0RN SUBDIUISI0N F0oTN0IES (C0ntinued)

(continued rrom Fage r0e)

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIoNS (continued)

4.5 Special Inslruction 7.25, cars containing ilammable compressed gas, apdiesbetvleen mileage 0.0 and mihage 15.3.

5 ELECTRICALLY LOCKED HAND-OPERATED SWITCHES

5.1 [rlihage 2.9 release circuit exiends 100 feet north and south of swiiches.Mihage 5.2 rclease circuit extends 100leet nodh and south of slviiches.[4ileage 5.9

Be governed by GToR Rule 104 C and Special Instruction 1.5. ContactTrainDispahher Flat Rock before removing padlock frcrn keeper.

6 NON.ELECTRICALLYLOCKEDHAND.OPERATEDSWITCHES WITHIN CTC TERRITORY

6.1 Atthe following locations, trains ale prohibited from clearing in a tnck notequipped !,yiih ai electric lock slYitch llvjthin CTCterriiory.

Chrysler - South .. . . Mileage 4.1Chrysler - North . ... Mileage 4.2R. W Trucking . . . . . . . Mileage 6.9

7 SPRING SWITCHES

7.1 Mileage 2.3 Fordhaven normalp0siiion lined for Southwad Tack.

7.2 Mihage 4.4 Penn nofinal position lined lor North{ard Track.

7.3 Mileage 9.2 Park notmal position lined for Northward Tlack.

Special Instruction 1.4 applies.

8 CROSSOVERS BETWEEN MAIN TRACKS

Itlileage0.l Mileagel.2 Mileage9.9 l4ileage11.8

9 OTHER TRACKS

9.1 Mileage 2.5 Woodha'Jen Yard North end switch points fuce south, €ntranceon south end via runningirack.

Page 112: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th,1 i 1

1984

$UTHWARDTRAII{S FI.AT ROCX

SUBDIVISIONEISTERN STANDARD TIME

!

! 3=6_

STATIONS

, , . . . , - . . . . . . . . f u t l n o c {. . . - . . . , . , . , . . . . . H U R o t i, , . , , , . _ . . . . _ . . , . . K A R !

GIRLEIOI{

. . . . . . - . . . - . . . . . . 0 t 4 t { N

. . . - . . , . . . . . . _ . . F I A . D

. - . . . . . . . - . . . . . . , . M E t

. . . . - . , . . . . . . t G o t i D t . . _ .

., f--F-il , . . . , . . . . . . . _ . sPnNcFrB! . . , . . . , . . . , . , .

Page 113: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

I 12

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

FI.AT ROCKsuBDrvrsr0N

EASTERN STINDARD TIME

STATIONS

FtrT Roc!(

l|Un0[t { r R L . . _ . . . .

. . . . . . . . caR lE ro r | . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . f l E . . . , . . .

0 0 f l _ . . . _ . .q . , . . . , _ .

,*.-','+i",""'"' I. . . . . . . . . D t { . . . . . . 1 . . P

ffAXtMUt SPEOSlililesPerHo|f

imun speedeilire subdivision 55

Mafmun

t7.2.19.2 . . . . . . . .19.2-23.6 . . . . . . . .23.6-24.7 City ord. .24.7-30.6 . . . . . . . .30.6-32.1 City 0rd. .32.1-39.8 . . . . . . . .39.8-105.7 . . . . . .1 0 5 . 7 - 1 0 7 . 2 . . . . . .128.3-128.5 .. . . . .128.5-134.6 . . . . . .134 .6164 .0 . . . . . .154.0-165.0 City 0rd.1 6 5 . 0 1 9 1 . 1 . . . . . .191 .1 -200 .5 . . . . . . .

5520

353f,50

2A

20

35

20

. . , . . . , . _ i l a u M E E . . . , _ . ._ . , . . . . . . M A L I { r A . _ . . . . .

, . . . , , . , , M L E R . , . . , . .

Ii4AXI[IUMcoNDtTloNlt

SPEEI}SMilesPnHour

Entire Subdivision-200.250tonAuxil iaryCrane..25

Lagonda-CR Crossing ... . 10

Afler Lagonda railroadcrosslng at grade isoccupied, traii speedrnay be incrcasedfrorni0I!4PH to maximumspeed,

vta B&0 21 f tEs

, . . . , . . , D T & r l c r . . . . , .. . . . . . . . n n D P A i t ( , . _ . ._ . . . _ . . . . M o R R | S . , , . . ;, , . . . , _ . s u G t R s T , . . . _ .. . _ . . . . . u l $ o t o l t s . . _ _ .,.,.. ltcllso cElfrER ... , . _ , , _ . . Q U t C t . . . . _ .

. . . . . . . . I ! C I E R Y . _ . . _

. _ . . . _ _ . . InEiioM . , , . . .

Jd, "lti

cRb ciidirir. . . . . . . . l r T u l l D . . . _ .

GToR Rule 10s:opliesbEt{oen Flat Rookand mileaEe 17.2.M.in T6ck besrnsatnileage 17.2.cTc berween Huron and Diann contbll.d byTiain Diseatcher Flat RockMainT6ck ends at nileag€ r07.3,

Page 114: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

1 i 3

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th,7984

FLAT ROCK SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES1 RULE I\4ODIFICATIONS

1,I CI.EARANCES

FIAT RoCK- Al southward ha ns require clearance.

DIANN -Trains ente ngM Tracks enroute Toledo do not require clearance,

HAMLIR- Allsouthward tmins require B&0 cleannce Form A.

SUGAR SL - Al souihward trains requlre clearance. All northward trainsrequirc GT clearance and B&0 clearance Form A.

IIIAITLAND AND SHY -Tralns i0 Clnclnnali, via CR do noi require CR clear-ance Fom A but must receive perm ssjon from CR Tmin Dispaicher beforeenterlngCR ll,IainTmck.

Trains from Cincinnati via CR do not requirc clearance cad but must receil/epemission from GT Train Dispaicher before enlering GT l\4ain Track.

SPRINGFIELD -All northward tralns requlre clearance.

I.2 TRAIN REGISTER MODIFICATIONS

FLATR0C(' :RegisterStat ion forhalnsoriginat jngandtermii lat ing.

foRD PARX -rSlafdard Cloch and Br ' le l r t only.

SPRINGFIILD "Reglsier Siation for irains orig nating and ieminating.

1.3 GT0R Rules 281, 235 and 292 at the fo lowing interl0cking signal Iocatjon,ihe absence of a signa light in the b0tlom porti0n ol a double head signalmast tvill nol be c0nsldered as an ifirperfectly displayed slgnal as outlinedi n G T O R R u l e 2 7 .

Th0se interl0cklng signals are noi equipped |vjth number plates and ihe sig-nal red light aspect wi I indicaie cloR Rule 292. The only t me boih llghison ihese d0uble headed signals mast will be lit is to d splay a restricting in-dication GT0R Rule 290.

l\4ileage 23-5 Eaneton - Souihward SignalMi leage 29.1 Field- Nodh and Southward SlgnahlVieage31.5 Doty- North and SouthwadSignahLlileage 38.1 Il4ex-North and Souih!,\jard SignaLsNlieage 39.8 Dlann- North and Southward Signals

1.4 GToR Rule 1048 is not applicable at dual conir0ls!]yitches. A signal main-tainer wlll handle dual conirol 0r p0wer swihhes jn CTC-

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 FLAT RoCK to hUR0N - Wiihin Yard Limils a moveneni against ihe current of traffic may be nade on verbal pemission frorn operaior Flat Rockl,yho nust obtain this auihoity from ihe Train Dispatcher.

2.2 Flat Rock.Southward mol/ements on Soulhward ll]|ain Tmck l,vill be governedby Signal No. 183 l0cated at mileage 18.5.

lf signal displays an aspect other than GloR Rule 281 trains having morethan 40 cals must stop noi less than 300 feet noith ol Signa No. 183.Highway crossing protection l,rill Une out in 60 seconds.When lhe siopped trajn receives signal aspeci GToR Ruk 23I permitling itto proceed, mol/ement l,vill be govemed by Special Instrucilon 9.2.

(contjnued on pase r]4)

Page 115: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

!14

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 291h,7944f[AT RoCK SUBDlvlSloN FooTNoTES (Continued)

(continued from pac6 113)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

Trains having 40 cals or less llill proceed according to signal aspecf.All loaded unit imins rnust use Norih No.10r North No.2 Track.All southward tmins departing Flat Rock from South 1, Sorth 2 or South 3$illutilizethe new South deparlurc hack.

2.3 TEMPERANCE YARD SPUR - Movements to TemDerance YaId fron Diannwill operate over M Trackage Diann to Halhtt. M Rules and Timetable In-siructions govern, and over TJ Tmckage Hallett to Temperance Yard, TTSpecial Inslructions govern. Movenents a[ Tempelance Yard are governedby GToR Rule i05.Jrain orders for movements to TemDemnce Yad over AA and TT{ill be re.ceived at Diann aid Alexh.Train order lor movementfrun TemDeranceYardover TT and AA lvill be received at Temperance Yard and Alexis.Tmins do not requirc clearanceto enter Flat Rock S0bdi'/ision. Il4ovenent bysignaliidication. If signalto enter Flat R0ck Suhdivisi0n is aistop, conlact0pemtorDiani.laskey Road, Temperance Yad, is proteded by highway Jlashing light sig.nah at both tracks crossing Lask€y Road. C0nholh6 are located neartrackson either side of high$ay.All tmins and loconotives must stop before fouling crossing and a member0I crevl wiil iisert switch key in "START" slot on conircller and turn to theright After flashers have been op€rating for at least 20 seconds, the nove'ment may proceed. Flashers vlill stop when track circuit is cleared.Should flashers be staded and train does not enter track circuit, insedswitch key in "ST0P" slot and tuln t0 the right.All 6 axle locomoiives oroh;bited at Tem Derance Yard.

2.4 DIANN - All movenent over GT connecting Track No. 4 io M Tfack N0. 3nust not exceed 5 miles p€r hour.

2.5 RIGA- Permission must be obtained tom GT train dispatcher before pick-ing up or selting out carc on the Lenawee Couniy Raikoad connection mile-age52.2.Coiductor mlst turnish list of cars interchanged to L.C. Railroad along $iihwaybills. tist is io include train symbol, Iocomotive number, conductor'sname, tirne and date interchange is effected. Bills and list ior interchangeto be left in mail box located on northeast side of Ta{old Road. GToR Rulel05aoolies.

2.6 [4ETAM0RA - Siding leased to Metamora gelator Company for loading ofunitgrain tmins. Tems ol ihe lease allowthe GT to use the siding whei suchtlould notimpairloading.For the protection of main hacl! derails are locahd at the n0rth and southends ofthe siding to be placed in derailing position when the siding is occu.pied with €mpty or loaded ca6. Both derails ae to be removed when sidingis cleared. The north 100 feet of the Elevaior Track, has been leased, cars0r equipment must nof be placed or left on this leased trackage-

2.7 0nAWA IND USIRIAI L00P - 3.9 miles in length. fntonce at B&0 mil€age151.5 Nodh end and at B&0 mileage 147.5 South end. Movemenh on thistrackage will be govened by GToR Rule 105. Maximum speed 20 miles perhouronform€r Mait Tracl! 10 miles per hour €ntering and leavi[g.

(coniinued on eaae 115)

Page 116: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984ttAT R0CK SUBDIUISIoN F0oTNOTES (Continued)

(continu€dtrcm pace r14)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

All 6 axle locomotives prohibited {iom ottawa Beet PlantTrack.Staiion Nunber otta\,!a I12.Telephone located at Klenan mileage B&0 151.5, ottawa GT mileage i12.1and South ottawa mileage B&0 147.5. GT mileage 114.0.Llovementto and fiom B&0 Main Track by B&0 signalindication.Special Instruction 7.25, crrs containing flammable compressed gas, applieson fomernain track.

2.8 LEIPSIC - A Dower oDemted denil has been installed on ihe maii tiackappro{maiely i27 feet n0rlh ot the Norlh$ard lnlerlock'ng Signal al Mile.age 106.0, leipsic. This derdil llyll automatrcall line llhen lle route hasbeenesiablished.lf ior any rcason the interlockiag becomes inoperaiive, an ene(ency con-trol box is located in northwest quadrant ofdiamond.Instructions foremergency ope€lion posted in box,11 after 0perating emergency control, rcute has not been established, per.mission to flag crossing must be receiled fiom N&W tmin dispatcher uponrcceiving permission, derail must be hand lined in accordance with GTORRule 1048. (Dual Conbol Swltches).

kceptioi lo Rule l04B:Selector lever nust be in "Hand" posiiion until eniire bain or engine hascl€ared ihe switch (Derail).switch musi be restored to moiof (Power) after movement is completed.Trains or engines being held by the Northward Inierlocking Signal muststop souih of Main Sireet. A key activated reclearswitch has been instalhdon the west side of Main Street bungalow located in the northeast quadrantof crossing. Key is to be used as aliemate to the rcclear circuit.When hain is rcady to move northl,yard thrcugh interlocking, tun key toright and hold momeotarily and release. lf n0 conlliction rclte has beenestablished, signal lllill clear.Train or engine musi occupy main track beJore rcclear key switch llill beeffective.

2.9 FoRD PARK - Unless othe ise rrovided, all southwad inins lrill usemain hack and all nodhward trains will use the siding as running tracks.Reve$e movements nay be made 0n ve6al permission frcm the operatolat Sugar Street Tower l{ho nust obtain this autho ty frcm the TrEin Dis-patcher. Southwad trains mlst not leave Ford Parkwithout pemission trcmoperator at Sugar Skeet T0wer who must obtain ihis authority from TrainDisDatcher.At Ford Park, northward trains l'/ill stop in clear on siding and will not f0ulnodh switch when setting out or picking up l{hen advance signal is dis-playing SToP signalGToR Rule 292. If signalis displaying GToR Rule 282 or285, train may, alter c0ntacting B&0 Dispatcher io asceriain locations 0fopposingtrains, pass advance signal in perlofliance 0J w0*. When ready todepa( inform B&0 Dispatcher of expected having time, then be govenedby instruclions and signal indicali0n.

2.10 UNIoPoLIS- Siding leased io NewTenninal €lelai0r Companyfor l0adingof unit ffain tftins.Terms 0f the lease allowsthe GTto use the siding vtlrensuch would not irnpair loadin&

Page 117: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

1 1 6

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 7984FIAT RoCK SUBDIVISIoN FooTNoTES (C0ntinued)

( con i i nued f r m paee 1 r5 )

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

For the prolection ol nain irack, ihe norlh elevalor swltch js io be left linedand l0clied {or movement to norih ehvator irack and lhe deGil locat€d onthe s0uth end o{ siding to be placed in derailing position llllhen lhe sidjng isoccupied !,viih empty or loaded cars. Nodh elevator track switch is lo belined ior sjdlng and denll rcmoved when siding is chared.

2.1i NIAITLAND - l\lllleage 193.9 Bechlel Avenue, irajns or loc0motives, eiiherdirection, not making a through movement over ihe crossing l/v ll cause thehlghway protection device to be aut0maiically interupted. In lhe viciniiy ofl \p ( os.rr l " po.nls beyord $\ '^r 0 onoi /es dqd ,ars i ope aieI e w a y p 0 ' i o r 0 . , / i c e d l e r l h p o r o t e ' I 0 1 h a s D P e r i l l e r ' r o l o d , i l l b eindlcated by yellow paint on the ues. AiteI protection has been inlerrupied,trains or locom0tives must stop 0n lrack circuit extending belween the Ie-start p0int, designated wih yeLol/v paint, and lhe crosslng. Automatic pro-tection must be aLlowed io operate {0r 20 seconds be{ore proceeding overcrosslng.

3 JOINT MAIN TRACK

3.1 XN t0 DT&]lct. -Joint),rjth B&0. B&0 rules and Tlmetable govern.

3.2 SUGAR ST. - Between mileage 132.0 afld mileage 132.7 joini with CRGTruhsandTimdable govern.

3.3 I,{AIT|AND to clNclNNAT| -Joint wiih CR. CR rules aid tinetable gove.n.

4 INTERLOCKING

4.1 Raillllay c.ossing at glade.C&0. . .mihage 24-1.. . .Conirol led.Co ntad 0pemio r Diani ior insiructions.

4.2 Railway crossing at gmde.M. . . .mi leage 39.8. . . . l \4echanical

4.3 Railway cossingal grade.N&W. . . -mi leag€ 82.6. . . .Automatic,Be governed by Special Insiruction 6.1.

4.4 Raih,vay crossing at grade.B&0.. . .mi leage9€.3 . .N4echanical .South signaLon East side o{track.

4.5 Railway crossing aigrade.N&W... .ml leage 105.8.. . .Automatic.Be govemed by Special Instrucuon 6.1.

4.6 Railway ciossing at grade.B&0. . - .mi l€age 107.3. . . .Contrcl led.Contact B&0 Trajn Dispahher Deshlerf0I insiructi0ns.Be governed by B&0 signal jndication.

4.7 Railway crossing at grade.B&0.. . .mi leage128.3.. . .Control led.Contaci B&0 Train Dispatcher Deshlerfrjr instructions.Be governed by B&0 signal indication-

(cooiinued on pag. r17)

Page 118: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

117

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29rh, L9A4FLAT R0CK SUBDIVISIoN tooTNoTtS (C0ntinued)

(conrinued fbm pace 116)

4 INTERLOCKING(Continued)

4.3 Railway crossingatffade.N&W... . mikage 131.0. . . .Automatic.Be governed bySpecia Instruction 6.1.

4-9 Railway crossing ai gmde.CR. . . .mileage 132.0. -. Il,Iechanical.

4.10 Railway crossing at gmde.CR... .mi leage 164.4 . .Mechanici l .

4.1i Rai ,lay rossing at grade.CR. . . .mihage 193.2- - . . Control led.C0ntad CR 0perator C0Ld Springsfor insiructions.

5 NON-INTERLOCKED

5.I Railway crossing at grade.CR. . . .mi leage 197.7. . . .TargetSignaJ.Proceedwhensignal svedical . OperatedbyTrainmen.

6 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS

6.1 Cars exceeding 315,000 lbs. gross must be covered by handling inskuclions.

6.2 All 6 axle lDconDtives 00t perm tted to operaie on ihe following hacks attlat Rock:Socony Mobil Tncks.

6.3 Hi-cube box cars and alJ other long cars 1/yith 64 feei or over truck centesare resiricted 0n Tractc N0. 8 and 8A, Socony Mobil, Flat Rock.

6.4 Special lnstruction 7.25, caIs c0niai0lng llammable compressed gas, appliesent ire Flat RockYard and beiween:II,Illeage 17.2and mileage 19.2 Flat RocklI4ileage 23.0 and nileage 25.0 Carleton[rlileage 28.0 and mileage 32.0 field[4ileage 96.0 andmihage 98.0 Hamhrlilileage 105.0 and mjleage 107.0 LeipsicLlileage 129.0 and mileage 134.0 Ford Parkl4ileage 152.0 and mileage 155.0Jackson Ceiter[4ileage 163.0 and mileage I65.0 QuincyMileage I92.0 and mileage 200.5 Maitland.Springiield

6.5 Hi.cube box cals and all othe. long cars with 64 feet or over truck ceniersare reskjcted on followingtracks:C.R. Transfer (Hill Track) - LimaC.R. Transfer- Sugar St., Lima

6.6 Loaded unit DEEX Trains must use Nodh No. 1 or North No. 2 irack FlatRock.

(contioued on paselts)

Page 119: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

118

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th' 1984

FIAT R0Cl( SUBDIVISIoN F00Ti'|0TES (Continued)(conliou.d |'om p:3e ] l7)

7 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE

7.1 All movements in the siding at lhe lollo{ing localions mud shp and cross'' '

i'ii'iiijilrltrir lv ; ;;;le; ol the c'ew, ''arnins traflic in advance or the

movemenls:JonesStrcet Mileage24lAsh Street lMileage23 9Main Skeet Mileage 1061

8 ELECTRICALLY LOCKED, HAND'OPERATED SWITCHES

8.1 Mileage 24.4 Reiser LumberMileage31.8No h end of storage tmc[Milease344 South end otstoragettack ..ioffi oi.iutt oiu* l*tt r'moving padlockflom keeper'

Milease 193.0 Springf ield ContainerBe soiened bY GToR Rule I04cii'iili ii oi'.'iiii i;it sptitgs beloie remo!ins padlock {iom keeper'

' !fll|;Eh?g'fi ltfili"li3'+1?HAND'oPERATED9.1 At mileage 31 2 Tean Track, trains ae prohibit€d lrcm clearingin this track'

10 SPRING SWITCHES

10.1 Mileage 19 2 H urcn normal position when lined {0r northwad m0vemenls'

10.2 Nlileage 23.0 Karl normal position uhen lined for soutfuvard movements

10.3 Mileage 129.3 Ford Park nomal posiiion r'vhen lined for souihward move'

nenr

10.4 l,{ileage 130.8 Ford Pa normal position l,lhen Iined for northward move'

ment.

11 CROSSOVERS

Mileage 17.2Mileageu3

X2 HOT BOX AND DRAGGING EQUIPMENT DETECTORS

12.1 DEtEcToR tocATroNs *,TillllBl.*Diann.... . . . . . Mileage 36 4westside 10mph Dia[

Indicaior . - .. Mileage 545Northward lvlolenents

ff; ; ; ; . ; . . .Miha;e 57"3westside. 10dph Dian

lndicator ..... l,4ileage 59 5 South\'lard lildrenents

t-ltrrtyi ntr, ... trlit,ugt 801WestSide - " 10mph Hamll

t,*, i" -. . . . .

. . . t ' fr ,* t027 East Side 10nph Hadl

s. e. i i . . . . . . . . . . rvf ir. .c. t77.8 Eastside . I0 mph st Par

Oui..y . . . . . . . . . . |\,Iifr.gu 161 2 East Side l0mph Quin(contlnued on Page 11

Page 120: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

119

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29rh, L9a4FtAT R0CX SUBDIVISI0N F0oTNoTES (C0ntinued)

(coniinued rrcm pase 1ra)

12 HOT BOXAND DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORS (Continued)

Special Instruction 3.1 applies.

N0TE| The wayside indicators located at the Riga-lMetamora site in addiiionit/ill display a steady vrhiie llght to iidicate the hot box detector is functioniig.NoTE: Dragging equipment detectors are in seruice in conjunciioi with hotbox detectors at Diann m leage 36.4, Riga mileage 57.3, Liberty Centernileage 80.1, Prenihs mileage i02.7, Quincy mileage 161.2 and St. Paismileage 177.3.

13 OTHER TRAGKS

13.1 l4ileage 3i.2, Maybee, 1250 feet in length, s$itch poinis face N.Number032.ll4ileage 31.6, Maybee Siocge Tmck, 12,150 feet in length, switchface N&S. Siation Nunber032.

Mileage 68.3, Fulton, 300 feet in lengih, svriich pointsfaceS.

Siation

points

13.213.3

13.4

13.5

13.6

Mileage 145.i, Si. Johns, 600 feei in lengih, switch points face N. SiaiionNumberi45.

I\4ileage 169.8, Rosewood, 350 feet in length, switch poinis iace N. StationNumber l70.ll/|;leage 170.0, Rosewood, 250 feet in lengih, switch points iace S. StationNurnber U0.Itlileage 176.5, St. Paris, 500 feei in length, swiich points face N. StafiorlNumber 177.

It{ileage 194.0, Bechtel Ave., 1400 feet in length, switch pointfaces N. SlationNumber201.

Page 121: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

120

TfMETABLE No' 2 - APRIL 29th' L98r'.

S()UIHWARDTRAINS

{

NAPOTEONsuBDll,lsl0N

N()RIHWARDTRAINS

t

: =

EISTERN STANDARD TIME E I EF ; ;

: I E €STATIONS' 'd.b

!v-l . . . . . u p o l m N . . . . ; ; iill

Maxinumsoeedentiresuhdivision ..... 20

0 . 0 - 7 . 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . I 06.9-8.2 City ord. . . . . . . . . 8

NAPOTEON SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES1 RULE MODIFICATIONS

I.1 CI-EARANCES

[4ALINTA-Trains from Flat Rock Subdiv]sion do not requlre cleannce'

1.2 TRAIN REGISTER Ii4ODIFICATIONS

NAP0LE0N-*Siandard CIock and Bulletiis 0nly'

I{AXIMUII SPEEDSMilesretHour

2 INTERLOCKINGS2.1 Rai'lllay cros\ing at gnde N&W V leage 6 9 se'rr autonalic be gov'

erned bY SPecial lnttructlon b.l .

3 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS

3.1 Can exceeding 263,000 lbs. gross must be covercd by handling insiructions

3.2 All 6 a,( le lo(orotives plo\;bited 'om enli 'e Subd'vt lon

3.3 Special lnstruction 7.25, cars containing llammable compressed gas appllesentireSubdivision.

4 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE

4iAll movements nLst approach Slale RouLe No l l0 locaied at mileage 61"'

it,iu;ii ii 5llp. rnis c:ossing must be plolecied by a rnembet oJ ihe creuiar'nino tiatlic in adwnce ol lhe movement unless lhe aLtonalc vrarnrngdeviceiare seen and kno\4n to be operating'

4.2 All tra n and locomotive movements ove-I oa\wood Ave mileage 71 Na--' rrr*-t 'i iiirJpi,ra.o by a member or lhe crelrr !!l'o !ul' act as lagma!inul crossing i5 occupied by movemenl

a3 AII mouemenls nust approach State Route No l08 localed at mileage 75"' il;;ili;;r.i.1ffiGns must be protected bv a member or the crer

il"iii'ii-tiifiiii ituance *-lhe noverient unless ihe automatic flamiqdevices-areseen and lnown to be operating'

Page 122: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

,!

= 3

12rTIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 291h, 7984

1""lr

I)

99 \

ffi) )

IMalnTrackbee'ns ar mileaae 200.5.M.rn T6ck ends at mileiRe 229.3.

Main Track bee'ns at m r*Eo 231.6.

S()UI}lWARDTNAINS

N()RTHIVARDTRAINS

iSPRINGFIETDSUBDIVISION

EISIERN SIAI{DARD TIIi'T

STATIONS

. , . . . , . G R E G G S . . . . . .

. . . . . _ . B E l v E n . . . . . ._. ._. . J lct(sot i _. . . .

4

g

5

g

I '

n

Page 123: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

122

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, t9A4

SPRINGFIETD SUBDIVISI()N FOOTNOTES(continuod frcm PaEe 121)

MAXIMUM SPEEOS MAXII'UM SPTEDS(Contiited) lililes

PerHoot

278 .0 -282 j . . . . . . . . . . . . 20282.7-283.5 Bridge . . . . . . 15283 .5 .289 .0 . . . . . . . . . . . . ZU289.0-304.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 40304.5-306.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

itAxrMUil coi{DlTl0NAtSPEEoS Mil.s

relHour

tntke subdivision-200-250Ton

Aux i l i a r yc rane - - - . . 25Sorinslield over

lntarlocl ingCarn€Y .. 10

1 RULE MODIFICATIONS

I,1 GI-EARANCES

SPRINGFIELD - All Southward hains requirc cleannce'

SHY -Trains to Cincinnatida CR must obtain CR clearance card at Sp ng'ield.

frains Irom Cincinnat;uia cR do not require clearance bul musl Iece've peI_mission from CTTIain Dispatcher belore enle ng GTnain trach

WASHTNGToN CH - Trains to Greggs via B&0 C&0 must obtain clearanceform A at Washingion CH'

GREGGS - llains to Washington CH via B&0 C&0 do not rcqurle cleaonce{orm A but musi contact C&0 Train Dispaicher lor petmEslon l0 €mer MalnTnck

JACI{S0N -All Northward tlains requirc cleannce.

1.2 TNAIN REGISIIR M()DITICATIONS

SPRINGFIEtD -*Register Station fortrains o ginatingand terminaling'

JACKSoN -*Register Stati0n lor tnins originating and terminating'

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 WASIIINGToN cH - Trains opemting via B&0 l'4ain Track between GI- ' i,iii"r'n" iii.i ano tilitease 2$5 do not rcquire B&0 clearance Form A bdmuiiiive oirmlsion to-e*er B&o l{ain Track and must repod dear attEaompleling movementlo the B&0 Train Dispatcher

Re0uircd Dernission to enter and teporling clear to B&0 Tlain Dispatchs;ilild,;ii;;d liil B&0 0peratd st washinston cH bv ndio or othEmeans of @rnmunication.

(Cohtinued on Dage 123

Page 124: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

t23

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29|li', r9a4SPnINGFIELD SUBDVISI0N F0oTNoTES (C0ntinued)

(continued f roh Fage r22)

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES (Continued)

No.mal position for the hand operated main tlack switch mileage 233.4 islined for novement to the C&0 Wellston Subdivision.

Souihward GT irains operating between Washington C.H. and Greenlield overthe C&0 nust report clear of C&0 main irack to C&0 operaior, WashingtonC.H. after connection swihh has been restored to nomal position.

North,xard GT trains operating beiween mileage 236.2 and Washington C.H.over the B&0 must obtain permission from the B&0 operator, WashingtonC.H. before opeiing the na;n tmck connedion switch to enter B&0 main

2.2 GIEN IEAN - N&W will use GT main imck from N&W eastward main tiackswitch to the main track switch leading to the south end of the GT inter-change tGckto phk up theircals. AIIGT tmins or locomoiives wlllapproachand move over this portion of main track wiih cauiion, expecting to findN&W imins or locom0tives moving unprotected in either direction.

3 JOINT MAIN TRACK

3.1 SHY t0 CINCINNAT] joint with CR. CR Timetable and Rules govern.

3.2 Mileage 231.7 to ll4ileage 233.5 ioint {ith B&0. B&0 Imetable and rulesgovern,

3.3 Washington CH to Greggs, ioint !,vith B&0 C&0. B&0 C&0 Timetable andRulesgoven.

4 INTERLOCKINGS

4.1 Railway crossing at grade.

CR--..Mileage210.1....C0ntrol led.

ContactCRTmin DlspatcherColumbus.

4.2 Railway crossing at grade-

N&W. .. . [4i leage 283.5.. . .Contrcl led.

Contact N&W lrain Djspatcher Porlsmouli for inskuctions.Allsouthbound tmins 0r locomotives (excelt ihrough movemenh) rnust ob-iain pemission from N&W iftin dispatcher to occupy circuit between theinterlocking signal and N&W eastwad main hack.lfa train or loconotiveshould clearthe circuit a{ter having been used, creilmember must aduise N&W Train Dispatcher 0f this factand again obtain per-mission to 0ccupy the cjrcuit. Pemission rnust be obtained regardless ofsigial indication, but it must be unde$tood that trains or locomotives lllillbe governed bysignal indicaiion.

43 Railwaycrossing at grade.old North ll4ain Track Springfield Carney CR.Spdngs for instructions.

. . Contact CR operator Cold

(C.ntinued on paae 124)

Page 125: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

124

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984

SPRINGFIELD SUBDIUISI0N F00TN0TES (C0ntinued)(coiiinoed i.on P:Ee 123)

5 EQUIPMENTRESTRICTIONS

5.I Cars exceeding 315,000 lbs. gross between Springfield and washington CHand cars exceadlng 263,000 lbs. grcss bel!(een Washington CH and lacksonmust be collered by handLing jnsiruclions.

5.2 All 6 axh Locomotives not pemiited on Hole Track So. Charleston.

5.3 Hi.cube box cals and all oiher long cars l,\jlth 64 foot or over truck centersare resiricted on followjngtmcl6:

Hole Track - So. Charleston

Naii0nal Cash Track-Washington C.H.

5.4 Specia! lnstructlon 7.25, cars contalning flamr0able conpressed gas appliesoel|leen:

Mileage 200.5 and njleage 201.5 Springfield lct.

l \ l | i leage209.5and mileage210.5S0.Charleston

It{ileage 222.0 and mileage 224.0 Jeflelsonville

l\4jleage 232.0 and mileage 235.5washington CH

Mileage 282.0 and mileage 283.0Waverly

It4ihage305.0 and mikage 306.3 Jackson

6 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE

6.1 SPRINGFIETD - oLD NoRIH MAIN " BURT STRIET, nrovemenls will not ex-ceed 5 mjles perhouroverthis crossing.

6.2 WASHINGT0N C.H. - ELIVISTRTET nileage 233 9 (slritching movemenh only).All irain and locomotive movements nust be prcceded by a nember of thecrew who l1lil aci as flagman uniil crosslng is occupied by movemenl

7 OTHER TRACKS

7.i Mileage 227.7, Heglers,350 feetin lengih,switch pointfaces N.

7.2 Nlileage 294.5,0hi0 M ineral, 900 feei in length, swihh p0jnt faces N

7.3 l\/Iileage304.0, Shar0n,850 ieet in length, switch poinifaces N Station Num'ber304.

Page 126: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

Hrn

125

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th,7944DANGEROUS MATERIAL PIACARDS

As of lanuary I, 1982 along with the present haTardous material placards, a newhazardous m;teiial alternata plamrd sFlem has been placed in effecl.

The Dictosrams on the new placards corcspond vtilh those shoun on the adiacent!ase! wit-h the exc€ption tliat the name of lhe comrnod'ty is leplaced tvith the;o;modity number and/or an orange numbered bar.

An examDle of lhe ne{ altenate Dlacafd and onnge bar lttith one of the nel/V NAand IJN identifying numbers issho$n below

N.A, & U.N. ldentilication Numb€r SYstems

The ne orange panel al0ng tr;th a current placard will be used to display a fourdigit inlernational hazardous commodity code number idenlifying a tank ca/scontent.The alternate placad nay be used by itselfwithout the onnge pand

When Dohon sas, radioactive, or explosive commodities are shipped the orangeDanel/iunent placard combination must be used. Allemale placards can not beused f or ihese thrce commodities.

Tfie alternate Dlacard has the same d'mensions, the salhe background colo6 anddass svmbol (bictosram) located in the lop coner as culrcnt placards. Ile alter'nate Dl'acard dbes away rith the hazard class xording (flannable, non'flammablegas, oxidirer, etc.) inthe centerofthe placard.

lhis area is now blanked "whlte" and is used to display the Inlernational Con-moditv LD. Number. Since the hazard class uording has been omitted, altenateDlacaids disllav an lMco (united Nafions Hazard Class) nunber'n the lovler/bot'iom corner. Tha llt{Co system goes ilom Class +1 through Class f9.

IMCO SYSNM UMBERS

crAss #l - *Pl-oslvEsCIASS #2_GASTS (COMPRESSED, TIQUIFIED, DISSOTVED UNDER

PRESSURD

crAss #3 - FtrMluABtE tlQUlDSCTISS #4 - FLAI\4MABLE SOTIDS/SUBSTANCES

ct.Ass #5-oxlDlzlNG SUBSTAN0ESCTASS #6_POISONOUS OR INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCES

CTASS #7_ RADIOAC]IVE SUBSTANCES

ct"Ass #8 - coRR0slvEsCI.ASS #9 _ MISCETTANEOUS DANGEROUS SUBSIAI{CIS

OTHER REOUI,.ATED MATERIAI,S.ORM)

v).he

m-

(continuerron Fage r26)

Page 127: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

126

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th' 1984EXAMPLES_ DAI{GEROUS MATERIAL PTTCARDS

DURING SWIICHING OPERITIONS CAiS OR FUITC RS TViTH 'RAILERS PIACARDEO "EXPLOSIVES A:'

Mu.t not b. cut orlwhile in notion.

Must not be coupledio with annecessary to marG couplina.

Musthav. doo6 closed betor€ movins.. l heE i sanY@ss ib l .

danEe' orne, underbrids€6, u

Pl.c.rd.d nat c.E ..rrylnl l ':i1.6

ca6 Flrdrd..t Pol.on a.3

o) rhey sharr not becuiofl in moiion.

(3 ) No ca rsh , l l be pe rh i t t . d t o ' o ! L

has b€en colpred to said plac.rded

(4) Placarded rahk cac mu.tbccircled

wh.6 u* of h.nd bEk€. k n.4$.ry, . lo.d.n pl.cqd.d bnk c'r or dnfi (cul orai;ti;d'inros. rdd€d pr.erdcd bik er nust not be cut o

Adnfi contrining. pl.card.d ro.d.d Lnt..r nu:t b. cl.or or l4d b.r.6 el...ins

wh.r u:e or hrnd bElG. i. n l.c.d€d clr or drlttmnr.inrnr d lo .d Dr.cdrded t nk G.r 13 El.5r.d, fr nu.r h d.t€rmrn.q ry -rnal16* rh. h.nd br.r. on thc Dl;;iii.ii; ; r;;.d ii;a;d"d ia;.cji 13 Er.'r.d, ! nr.i b.-!.t€mrn.t.bv ldrl*:,".,t1i].ri,ii+tu'i,1""'Th... E3trictloE do not rpply to c.6 pl.c.rd.d @mbu.tlbl..

PLACARDED EMPTY TANK CARSTh6. dB l.stco.t.in.d. connodlty whor. t€.lduc @uld b. h.rnrul. Th.B.6 no

Page 128: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

. 127

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984DANGERoUS MATERIAI PIACARDS (Continued)

(conrinued rrcm P.se 126)

A special issue "white bottom" aliernate placard has been adopted for combus.tibles. lt is sinilar to the llanmable alternale placad except for the distinguish.ins "$hite botlom" belol{ the lnternational LD. Nunber The "white botlom"aliernate placard easily identifies the car coniaining a conbustible. N0 specialhain placenent is requked.

International Conmodity ldentification Numbers may be displayed on plain whitesquareto poilt cards lornalerials not subject to placarding regulations. These are0ther Regulated ljllaterials (0Rl,l's). The LD. numberisshown same as an altemat€placard with the l[4C0 hazard dass nunber in the lower/bottom corner.

The plaii llhite squares displaying International l.D. Numbers are not placardsand no special handling or train placement is required of cam so na*ed. lf anyot these white "non-placards" become deskoyed 0r nissiig, rcplacenent is notrequrred.

All former train and yard placemeni regulations apply viilh cwent, alternat€ andorange bar placards.

Page 129: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

124

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29rh' 7984

DANGEROIJS MATERIAT PI.ACARDS (CONtiNUCd)(continuedrrom Pacer2T)

Asoecal :s(re , lv I te bot lom alte 'nale pla.ad hal be"n adoplPd for 'onbus

irii.."ii iiiiiui i,ir,i;ammabre are,iare,o a,ald eJreoi,lS' lli,fl,ll*n1llt!ns "lvhite boilom" belolv lhe Internat 0nal I U NUI;iie,r;i; ;';;;;; easit i;e;tl:es t'ro .a' cor'ain're a conbuslibh N0 spe(ialirain placement is required.

lnternatronal Cormod.ty ldentilhalion l\umbe5 mav be.d stJili:,oolJTrirlil:

ili:i:*lxlffi'Jf,ii;11!i3ii,q5 \TJllililil,{lii ;;,i; ::il;i;; ;i;;,;p.ail,J 'iirr' it. ttllco rrta,t rla"s nulbel:n lhP lo'!e-lbollon corner'

The o.an ,^Jpte sqtder disp'av'rg'nternationa lD Nunbp-( are roi p'arards

:ll*ijli,*i*:*;,:ti i,',.,;,.Tlj,l;,iT,.l,l :, fi',:i #iili l{ XllrcquLfed.

All Jomer train and yald placemenl rcgulations apply llliih cu ent' altemate and

orangebalPlacards

Included !'!ith ihe conductols wheel repod lvill * t#:;'r'rTO:tl:?'J;Tt::rt:iinitial and number, positi0n in kain and pr0per Fecai;;ft;:';;il;;i;,'i;;;il;Jnt {or anv hazardous material shipmenr ln rrajn' lhe

conoLr lor a l ' pro lP ' t l \pse ' r !s ago\ d o l .g wl- 'o ,^a ' /o l9 dnd t ie d ' ver ' /

oi t-" ir ' r iy " i l i

' ' r* , 'e rPf Lon;r . tor -arol ng his l ' i r '

In t e evpl l \a t tP ,onor I lor I Ls_ 'Pa"p r le l ra i l \P l 'F l l ' le"Pf -pw arr ive

ni t tne na.atdou. n. 'q .o rdr ; 'p i oL 'en o l le . l \c t 'a r o s0al rhe- l Lst be

advrs"0 0 l 0 spo. '0r 0 $dybi ls d ld Id/a ldou" noler lo l mo"ages'

ca.s or ran1sId/o,00,s .na lp ' i lobPDi ' r 'Pd, r ,pzLdrn l ' , f i i r l l l i , t i ' J ; j l ,XJnol be moved in train unt I t rajn d lpatc[er ls not r(of commoditY beinghqndled

,re c0'ldxr0r '\ r, r.,/e r\p \'drdous ndrerd T::'3ll:Tllb;i,liidoe|flirti:any emslgency response gI0up asslst ng In accL0enI:train.

Seespecial insiruct ion 7 25 forState of0hio

Page 130: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No. 2 _ APRIL 29th,129

1984

EMERGENCY RESPONSE

HAZARD()US Ii4ATERIALS INCIDTNTHANDTINGAND REPORTINGItesp nslrucl on. sl0uld be lol owFd ds ( losely as poss bler howevp'. 1 is reali;dthat on'the'scene judgment based on actual ajrct'nstances nust be the final guidefor protecling lives, properiy and the environment. Duiies d0 not include use ofproieclive equipfient by train and engine crews. Yout safety is of prinary concernand can be assured only ifyou do not expose yourselft0 a suspected hazard.

IN THE EVENTOFA DERAILMENTOR OTHER INCIDENT INVOLVINGHAZARDOUS MATERIAI.S, THE T()LTOWING STTPS ARE TO BETA(EN:

i. Protecttrain and make noUiication by Bdjo, slating location and slaius oilra;n,repeating the transmission tu/ice.

2. lffire 0r vaporcloud isvisjble and hazardous materials are kno!!n to be present,evacuate one-hall mile uprllind. Take the shippiig papers with yo!. Avoid con-tact wilh any hazardous nateriah, whethel solid, liquid or gas. Determine theslalus ofthe irain jrcm this point and advise ihe train dispatcher oryardmasteraccordingly.

3. Review the waybllls, wheel rcpod, consist or other available resources to delel.mine whether hazardous materlals are present,a. Deiermine nameand hazard classofthe hazardous malerials,b . DF l " r i r p lhe .0 ra ton0 [ t \ p ,es l i pn . rh in theha in .c. lnforn other crew members what material may be involved and what hazards

may be present,

4. If fire or vapor cloud is not visible and after rcviewing ihe shippjng papers, in.sped the hain and the adjacent arca. If a released hazardous material is en.countered, avoid contact wlth that material and move lo a sale lomUon. Whenrnakingthe inspection, take the follorlling prccautions:a. Be alert to any unusual odols or leaking maierials on ihe ground or on the

equrpment.b. Avoidconiactwilh anyhazardousmaterialwhethersolid, l iq0id0rgas.c, Do noismoke oruse fusees,

5. Promptly notiiy lhe train dispatcher or yardmaster by the quickest means ofcommunications with as nuch ol ihe {ollov/ing additional information as isavailabk:a, Status of otler crew nembels,b. Cals involved - iiitiah and numbers and extent 0f involvenent - leaking,

derailed, on {ire, dc.c. Sufiolndings, such as nearness to populaled areas, terlain, local bodies of

l.later and l1eather conditions.d. Resources which arc necessary to handle the situation, such as file, ambu-

lance or lal,y eniorcement agencjes,e. Location where a menber ofihe crew \,llillmeet arriving eme(ency rcsponse

personnel,

6. ln all situations, cooperate v'ith emergency response personnel. Provide infoFmaUon from the waybilh and a copy 01the alailable emergency response in-lormaiion to ar viig energency response personnel. Retain possession of thewaybills and one copy oi the train consist with emeGency response informationuntiltheycan bedelivered to a CompanyofJicet

Page 131: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

130

TIMETABLE No' 2 - APRIL 29th' 1984

HOW TO USE THIS CHART

TO DFIERMINE\,riHERE PI4CARDED CAn CAN BE

PLACED IN A FREIGHTTMIN FOLLO!'! THESE STEPS:

. Detemine the lvpe ol placard ihat is applied to

. Beier 1o column 2 on chad ard locate placard

. Follow hmizoitallv adoss on chartand notewhichvenical columns aPPlY.

. The symbol "r' indicates uodine at top lhat

applies. See footnotes fo! explanation ofrclerence

Position in frcight Train ofCals containing Elplosivesand Dangerous Maietials

- l 4 ! 5

NO

Es-r

IcTI0NS

WHENIRAINLENGIIIPERlrllIs

WHENTFAINLENGTH

DOES NOTPERMIT

Train Bul

TYPEOFCARANY CAR INCLUDINGFLATCARS CANRYING-iMILERS ot CoNTAINERS

qPLOSIVESA

ANY CAR EXCEPT TANK CAR POISON GAS

TAN( CAR POISON GAS

LOADED TANK CAR

EMPIY TANK CAR

ALL OTHER LOADED CARS ANY PLACARDS

CO[lBUSIIBTEOR

EI\4PTY COI\48USTIBt!

t00T oTES: OA flal€! equipped wnh pdntnedl atlached Pnds oi risid corlrudiis considered t0 be an open_rop car'

6tloaded tlatcar' oi'rer lhan a sDechllv equipped car il trailsttuilah; mnhiner_onlklcd F^ice ot a ilatcar I'aded with v"ltls *cur'il iiiii

"-i .' iriiiininig"a tor rhat purp*e and pernaln rrv ida-'

i'. in"i ii;,ii,-'. ii-o .i ;ip' eeneftr'i aeepred tor haldrils h int'change batween raikoads'This;xceDtior {or ca6 n lEitrotullalcar \eflice does not applviili"i"iilii.ii r"iir,i "'o.a

tt'tbed rraihts' roaded opetuiop rrairets'iiioiu iru*s or rn'trs wittroul sFcurely cl6ed d00ls.

oAn ooen-toD car when anv oi ihe lading prctrudes bevond the car ends

Sixth Car

PLACARDAPPLIEOON CAE

RADIOACTIVE O

ANY PLACARD TXCEPTPOISONGAS

OR COIlIBUSTIBLE

E(cEPTEMPryCO]VBUSTIBLE

Page 132: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

131

TIMETABLE No, 2 _ APRIL 291h,7984

CAR PLACARDED

0cc

ED

Ca l

I5

;IlT

cRDED

0ccFED

MUST NOT BE PLACED NEXT TO:

Position in Freight Train of Cars tontaining Explosivesand Danqerous Materials

l o l r r L 2 1 3 L 4 | 15

Ensine Ii

when any ol the lading exiending abovE the car ends is liable to shiii soasto Droirude beyoDd the car ends.This aho includes cars oi auiotrameswithout bulkheads and open top gondolas coniaining coils oi steel wilhthe coils prolrudins abovethe carends.

oA cil @r plae ed "D(PLoSIVES A'or "Po|S0N GAs" in a movins oIstanding train must be nexl to and ahead oi aoy @r occupied by theguards or lechiical escorts a@mDanying this car, Howevef, ii a €roccupied by gudds or technical escorls is equipped wiih a Iighied heateror siove, ii musi be ihe loutih car behind any car lequiring "qPLoSMS

O Must noi be olaced next to car of undeveloDed i'ln.

o

ExL0sI

Es

R

DI0

cTI

E

0Is0

G

s

Page 133: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

732

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29rh' 7944

TRAIN DISPATCHER TELEPHONE LOCATIONSCHICAGO AND DETROIT DIVISION

TELEPHONE LOCATIONS

I"x'l,l[Tlix',f l'.'Jsffi,;f rTi[%f f ,l..11ilT[''$.i'fr .iii j'JJ.!',:ruiiiilitiriw"t- ddt" .tipor.s in close proximitv to all Dutl conlrolled and EIec-i'1"i.'ilii'jitiio virr .ti'tt tehphones (in bores painted vellorr for readv identi'ficaiion) are localed as follows:

SOUTH BEND SUBDIVISION

Mlleage i1.7. . . . .BCRTo$erHayford

l\, l i leage 11.9 .. . ln boxon Pole

l\rlileage 12.8. . . . . . . . . . Ashbum on pole at nilway crossjng at grade

lvl lkage 14.5... . . . .EvergreenPark

I \4 i l eage i 93 . . . . . . . 1H8Touer

l l ledge 10.1.. . . B ue kLn0Yard Ofi ie

Mileage 23 3. . . . Harvey trcight otfice

Mileage 25 2. . . .Thonton-lunctionTo"ver

Mileage 27 5 .. - -. . West side Valbrechi Road

Mi leage 28 6 . . . . . . . .Oak G Ien

Mileage 31.6... . . lvlunstel_atinie ockingsignal at CalunetAlenue

Mileage 34 5... -. .Atcrossover

Irr l i leage 36.6... . . . . . . .wesi Crossover

Lrl i leage 39.6... . . . . . . .Lottal i l le

l, l i leage 45.2.. . . . . . Inboxonpole_Alnswodn

L4ileage 50.3.. . .Sedley

[{ i leage 52.4.. . . . In boxon pole

Mileage 52.9.. . . . . ln boxon Pole

lvl i leage 56.0-. . . . . . ln box on pole

Nli leage 56.9.. . . .Eastendeasi ardsiding

It4ileage 64.3 .. . - East oJ crossover

l,4ileage 65.4 . . . . East oJ westwad siding

Mileage 713 -.. - ln boxon pole

Mileage ?2.5 . . -. Atcrossover

Mileage 74.9.. . . . West oi road crcssing

Mileage 80 2 .. . . . - . .Weslside oi N&W ral lv' /ay crossi igat grade

l4ikage 81.2 -.. . . In boxatcrcssover

lvl i leage 916 ... . West 0J road cosslng

Mil€age 98 5. . . . . . In box on pole ' 0l i !e strcet

Mileag€ 99.0... . . . . . ln box on pole

TcMl!{

ll1

;

l

Page 134: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 291h, L9a4SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (C0ntinued)

(coniinued f rom Page 132)

TRAIN DISPATCHER TELEPHONE LOCATIONSCHICAGO AND DETROIT DlvlslON (Continued)

l! ] l i leage103.8.... . . . . . . Inboxeastendoisiation-l l l l ishawakan4ileage i06.I.. . . . . . . . .West 0f FiI Road

IlrI i leage 111.5. . . . . . . . . . tast of clossover Grangerl\ l | i leage II4.0. . . . . . . . -. In box on pole - Edwardsbury

Mjleage 122.8. . . . . . . . . .East ofTrack Depi. loolhouse

[' l i l%ge127.3.... . . . . . .AtPenni\ ' l i l lSidingll ' l i leage 131.5. . . . . . . . . . In box\rvakeleeMlleage 136.2... . . -. . . . In box crossover eastof Depot Matcellus

Mileage 140.4... . . . . . . . ln box on pole - West 0i crossover

[, l i ]eage 146.0. . . -. . . . . .West oi US I31 at cossoleri\4i leage146.4.... . . . . . .Wesiof t ianondSchoohraft

M ihage 152 .4 . . . - . . . . . . | n boxon po le

Lli leage 153.7... . . -. . . . East end \ l lesl l l lard siding

[4i leage i57.2-... . . . . . .Pavil :on jn boothlvl i leage 160.1. . . . . . . . . . Road crossing east oi Scotts

Ivl i leage 165.2. . . . . . . . . . jn box 0n pole

[lileage 169.9 . - ln box oi pole

Mileage 172.0. . . . . . . . - -Airportsiding

Il l leage 173.1... . . . . . . . l{est of Helmer Road

Mileage 174.9. . . . . . . . . .0ld main l ine west of Upton Avenue

FLINT SIJBDIVISION

Mileage 178.8... . . . . . . . East oi Emmeti Skeet

l i leage 181.0... . . . . . . .West ol McAlister Road

Mileagei81.2... . . . . . . .Easi0f l t4cAlisterRoad

Mielag€ i94.1. . . . . . . -. .Clossoverol ivet

f i , l i leage 201.7... . . . . . . .V/est end of crossover

M ihage 202 .4 . . . . . . . . . . l n box on po le

l i{ i leage208.7.... . . . . . .Poitervi l le

Mileage22I.6... . . . . .-.Westendweslwardsiding'PennsylvaniaAvenueMi1eage223.5.... . . . . . .Tr0\,!bridgera;lvtaJcrossingatgnde

Mil€age 223.9. . . . . . . . . .Hardson Road

Mi1eage224.4.... . .-. . .M.S.C. Platiorm

Mileage 229.0... . . . . . . .Has|ett

Mileage235.0.... . . . . . .A1rcadcrossing

Mihage 235.7... . . . . . . .Shaftsburg(c.ntlnucd on page 134)

Page 135: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

134

TIMETABLE No' 2 - APRIL 291h' l9A4(coniinued from Pace 133)

TRAIN DTSPATCHER TELEPHONE LOCATIONS

CHICAGO AND DETROIT DIVISION (Continued)

f l-lNT sUBDlvlSloN (Continued)

Mileage239.8-..-. . . . Aicrossover

l,4i leage242.2.... . . .-Morrice

I 'rt i leage 248.0. . -. . . . . . .Bancloft

Mileage 252.2... . . . . .Wesi end eashvard siding

Miteage253.0.... . . . .-Westof OakStreet(ahoDispatcherP0ntiacYard)

Mileage 253.3. -.. . . . . . .Durand: (a) Telegnph off ice

(b) Yardmaster(c) Railway crossing ai gmde in boxon pole

(d) MiddleYard

lMileage2534.. ... High Wve Durand (aho Dispatcher PontiacYard)

Mileage 253.5... . . . . . lnboxon pole (DispatcherP0ntiacYaId)

Mileage254.2.... . . . .Tunnelsiding

Mileage254.T.. .. East end westward siding

Ii leage255.l. . . - . . .BYrcn Road

Mileage2554.... . . . . EastDurand

l,4i leage26L7... -. . . Pickle Track Svraft Creek

l4i leage262.6.... . . . . East end suartz creek

Mileage262.7.... . . . . |{undyswitch

Mrreage 26J.8 .. . . . . . . West f, int

Mileage265.6.. . . . .WestendBdstolYard

Mileage 271.1.. . -. . Eastol Lapeer Road

L4ileage271.8.... . . . - C&0 rai lwayclossingai grade

l,4i leage273.3. .. . . . . EastotcenterRoad

l,4i leage276 5 ... . . . . . tastFl int

Mileage276.7. .. . . . .Eastt l intBungalow

Mileage278.7.. . . . .Westof Dalison inboxonpole

Mileage279.6-. .- . lnboxonpole

Mileage287 0.... . . . . wesl Lapeer

Mileage 289.2... . . . . East Lapeer

l,4; leage289.?.... . . . SectonshantyLapeer

l\4ileage2898 .... . Coud Slreet tapeer

lvl i leage 290.2.. . . . . !n boxon pole

Mileage2!0.8... . . . lnbox0nlole

Mileage302.0.. . . . . . . ln box0n pole

Mileage 302. I . . . . . . . . lnboxonpole (cont inusd on p5Ee 13

Page 136: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

135

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 291h, L984(continued rrom page r34)

TRAIN DISPATCHER TELEPHONE LOCATIONSCHICAGo AND DETROIT DIVISION (Continued)

M i leage 304 .6 . . . . . . . . . . l n box on p0 le

i l 4 i l eage305 .6 . . . . . . . . . . l n boxon po le

l l4i leage 306.0. . - . . . . . - - In box 0n pole

l l 4 i l eage307 .0 . . . . . . . . . . l n boxon po le

l4 i l eage 309 .1 . . . . . . . . . . I n box on po le

Mjleage 309.3... . . . . . . . In box on pole

M i |eage309 .5 . . . . . . . . . . I n box0n po le

[4 i ] eage 3 i6 .4 . . . . . . . . . . I n box on po le

f i 4 ihage318 .2 . . . . - . . . . . l n box on po le

fir l i ]eage 319.2. -.. . . . . . . ln box on pole

l l , | ihage329.0. .. . . . . . . . In box on pole

l l4ihage 329.1. . -. . . -. . . ]n box on pole

[4i]eage 332.2. . . . . . . . . . l I , | ichjgan Road, In box 0n p0le

[4 i | eage333 .2 . . . . . . . . . . l n boxonpo le[r l ihage 333.5. . . . . . -. . . ]n box on pole

M i leage333 .7 . . . . - . . . . . l n box on po le

HOII.Y SUBDIVISION

Mileage 4.9. . . . . . . . . . D&l\,4 Yard 0{ficeMi leage I0 .5 . . . . . . . . . .H i l t on RoadMi leage 10 .8 . . . . . . . . . .N ineMi le Road

il i leage i1.1... . . . . . . . East ol Woodward Heights BIvd.

M ikage 12 .5 . . . . . . . . . . L inco ln S t ree tl4i leage 13.2... .-. . . . .Royal oakEastEndof Platlom

l ,4 i l eage 17 .5 . . . . . . - . . . I n box on po le

Mileage 29.8... . . . . . . . In box on pole'Scott Lale Rd.Mileage 30.3... . . . . . . . ln box on pole - Watkins Lake Road

Mi leage 30 .8 . . . . . . . . . . I n box on po le

|.] l i leage 3i.3... . . . . . . . ln bor on pole-(Burke Lumber)Mileage 31.9... . -. . . . . In box 0n pole -West 0i Frenbes Road

I{j leage 32.0... . . . . . . - ln box on pole. (RAXSiding)

It4i leage 32.2... . . . . . . . In boxon pole-(Ready Mix Plant)l t 4 i l eage 32 .7 . . . . . . . . . . 0aks id inglvi leage 32.9. -.. . . . . . . In box on pole-(CabinetSjding)

Mileage 33.1... . . . . . . . jn box on pole-(Buick)

Page 137: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th,1984(continued ifom P.!e 135)

TRAIN DISPATCHER TELEPHONE LOCATIONScHICAGO AND DETROIT DIVISION (continued)

Mileage 33.3... . . . . . ln box 0n pole ' 0uhide Depoi, Waterford

[4 i . eage 33 .6 . . . . . . . . . . l n box on po le

N4ileage 33.9. . . . . . . . . .In box on pole

Mileage 34.7... . . . . . ln boxon pole' Ande$onvil le Road

f i4 i l eag€ 35 .1 . . . . . . . . . l nboxonpo l€

Mi leage 35 .9 . . . . . . . . . . l n box on po le

Mileage 37.0... . . . . . . .1n box on pole _ Andelsonvil le Road'Failey Crussing

Mileage 37.6... . -. . . In box0n pole _ Easi end passing t lack

l$i leage 39.0... . . . . . . . In box on pole"East end of Hogback Lake Road

Mileage 39.8... . . . . . . ln box on pole - Clalk Road

Mileage 40.8-... . . . . . . In box on pole " Dil ley Road

Nli leage 4I.7. . . . . . . . . . In boxon pole-West ofEaton Road

I!{ i leage 43.5... . . . . . ln box onpole'Eagle Road

|\4i leage 44.0... . . . . -. . ln box 0n pole _ Ratialee Lake Road

Mileage 44.8... . . . . . - - ln box on pole _ Easiend of Holly passing track

IMileage 46.2... . . . . . . In box 0n pole' East of Sherman street

[4i leage 46.5... . . . . . . . In boxon poh' 0ufside DepotHolly

N4 ikage 46 .9 . . . . . . . . - . l n box on Po le

[4 i l eage 47 .5 . . - - . . . . - . l n boxon p0 le

M i leage 48 .0 . . . . . . . . . . l n boxon po le

l,{ i leage 50.4... . . -. . ln boxon pole

Mileage 50.9. . . . . . . . . . ln box on pole

[ { i l eage 54 .8 . . . . . - . . . l n box0npo le

I!4i leage 55.2... . - -. . In box0n pole

l\4i leage 55.8... . . . . . In boxon pole

M i leage 57 .6 . . . . . . . . l n boxon po le

L r l i l eage 58 .9 . . . . . . . . . . l n box 0n p01e

4 i l eage 62 .6 . . . . . . . . . . l nbox0n po le

M i leage 62 .8 . . . . . . . . . . t nboxonpo le

I t ] I i l eage 63 .9 . . . . . . . . . l nbox0npo le

lvl i leage 65.5... . . . Pitt

M i l eage 66 .1 . . . . . . . . . l nboxon po le

l,{ i leage 66.8... . . . . Inboxonpole

Mileage 67.0... . . . . . In box atDiamond

Mileage 67.2... . . . . . ln box on pol€

Page 138: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

137

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29rh, L984(conii.ued iiom paEe 136)

TRAIN DISPATCHER TELEPHONE LOCATIONSCHICAGO AND DETROIT DMSION (Continued)

M i leage 67 .3 . . . - . . . . - . I n box 0n po le

I oUNT CIEII,IENS SUBDII|ISI()Nl4i leage 0.4... . . . . . . .West Detrci iYard ofi jcel\4i leage 4.6... . . -. . . .ConRailTowerl l l i l l , l laukee JunctionMlleage 7.0... . . . . . . - Forest Lal,vn To\, l ler

sH0RE UriE SUBDIV|S|0NMileage 46.0... . . . . . . . In booth at Coolidge Highway overpassMi leage 45 .0 - . . . . . . . . . l n boo thV isge rRd .Mileage 38.8 - . . . . . . . . . l n boothSibleyRd.N l i l eage 36 .8 . . . . . . . . . . l n boo lh E lm S t .

l \4i leage 34.7... . . . . . . . In booth at crossovef

M i leage 31 .2 . . . . . . . . . . I n boo th a t c rossove r

l \ I i l eage 22 .5 . . . . . . . . . . l n boo th A iom ic P ian t Lead[ l i hage 18 -7 . . . . . . . . . . | n boo th Waf ie rl4i leage 18.0... . . . . . . . In booth River Raisin Yard otf iceMi leage 17 .4 - - . . . . . . . . | n boo th l s tS i .

M i l eage 12 .7 . . . . . . . . . . | n boo tha tSpurT rackMj leage 10 .8 . - . . . . . . . . l n boo th

cAss cmrsuBDtvtst0N[ 4 i l eage 6 .3 . . . . . . . . . . | n box 0n po le

I l r l i l eage 6 .6 . . . . - . . . . . l n box0n po le

. GRAND RAPIDS SUBDIUISI()N[4 i l eage 67 .2 . . . . . . - - . . l n box o f l po le

Mileage 67.3... . . . . . . . In box on pole west ofoakSkeetl i l eage 67 .4 . . . . . . . . . .M idd leYard Durand

(a) Telegmph ofihe(b) Yardmaster

l 4 i l eage 69 .3 . . . . . . . . . . l n box on po le

Mileage 70.2... . . . . . . .Vemon Pole BoxMi leage 74 .2 . . . . . - . . . . | n box0n po le

l lr i leage 75.6... . . . . . . .Corunna Pole Box[4 i l eage 76 .5 . . . . . . . . . . h box on po le

l, l i leage 78.5... . . . . . . .ol{osso Depot(conrinu.d on Das. 133)

Page 139: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

138

TIMETABLE No' 2 - APRIL 29th' 1984

SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (C0ntinued)

(contioued riom Page 137)

i"o," otspAtcHen ttLEPHoNE LocATloNsirirdrCd rlo oernotr DlvlsloN (continued)

lvlileage 79 2 ... 0wossolunciion Pole Box

l\]|ileage 15?.5.. - Grand Rapids

Mileage 158.9. - Fuller

GREENIIILLE SUBDIVISION

[4]leage 20.5 . In boxon pole'Ashley (lMichigan BellTelephone)

RI1IER SUBDIVISION

L4lleage 17. , ' connilSwitch' ln boxon pole' ShortCutBridge oper'

lvllleage l g . NlarlonAvenue' ln box0n pole' Shod cut Bridge oper'

Mileage 2 2 . " Parksireei' ln boxon pole'shortCut B dge oper'

fUlfeuge Z; . "Fuel0i lSwitch' In box on pole' ShoriCuiBrjdgeoper'

*,,*r. r'U.. t" Swiich - Hot Meial' Booth' Sh o'i Cut B ridge 0per'

* ' ,*r, , , . , ' N-end South Yard' ln box 0n !ole' shod Cut Bidge oper'

rLAT Rocl( sll BDlvlsloN

Nll leage 19 2 'Huron' In boxon pole

N4ileage 23.0 . . Karl ' lnbox on pole

L4ileage 23 5.. Carleion'Towel

Mlleage 23 6 N end CarletonYard ln boxon lole

Nli leage 240.' , ' S end CarleionYard' In boxon pole

N4ileage 24.5, ' Elec Lock ReisefTrack' In box0n pole

lMileage 29l Field' ln boxon pole

Nli leage 31.2 . Doty' ln boxon pole

lvl i leage 316 , ' l '4aybee'Comm House

t,,"rr. rt, U" LockN end l'rlaybee Storage' In boxoi pole

Mileage 34a . Elec LockS end t\]Iaybeeslomge' lnboxon pole

l4ileage 36 4 ,' HBD Raisin River' Rela'y House

Mileage 38 4 Mex' In boxon pole

|j,4ileage 39 8. 'Diann' Tower

Nlileage 40.4 ,'Diann Yard' ln box on Dole

lMileage 409 . Sand Diann' ln boxon p0le

Mileage 444 , ' Petersburglct ' Booth

l,, t i leage 52.3 .. . . . Riga LCRR ConneciionTrack ln boxon pole

l , { i leage 61.3. . . . . . . . . Metamora, ln box onpole lconr inued on page 13!

Page 140: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

139

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRTL 29rh, t9g4SPECIAL INSIRUCTI0NS (C0ntinued)

(cootinued trcm paEe 133)

TRAIN DISPATCHER TELEPHONE LOCATIONSCHICAGO AND DETROIT DIVISION (Continued)

i l , I i l e a g e 7 3 . 4 . . . . . . . . . . N . e n d D e l t a , I n b o x 0 n p o l e

l M i h a g e 7 3 . 7 . . . . . . . . . D e l i a Y a r d , B o o t h

f i4i leage 74.3.. . . . . .Delta H] l l , Booth

f i4i leage 75.7. . . . . . . . . S end De]ta, In bor( on poh

It l i leage 82.6. . . . . . . . . L ibedy Center, Jn box on pole

Ivl i leage 84.4.. . . . . . . .S-endNlaumee, Booth

[ 4 i l e a g e 3 5 . 6 . . . . . . . . . . P 3 R o a d , I n b o x o n p o l e

l l l i leage 89.1.. . . . . . . . .N.end l l la l inta, Jn boxon pole

lMj leage 89.6. . . . . . . . . l \4al inta Yard, In box on pole

lMi leage !0.1.. . . . . . . l , , la l lnta Co. Rd_,In boxon pole

l \4i leage 91.1. . . . . . . . S4nd l \ , la l inta,In boxon po el l l i l e a g e 9 6 . 8 . . . . . . . . . H a m l e r , T o w e r

M i l e a g e 9 8 . L . . . . . . . . . S . e n d H a m l e r , l n b o x o n p o l e

M i l e a g e 1 0 5 . 8 . . . . . . . . L e i p s i c S B D H o m e S i g n a l , I n b o x o n p o h

lvl i leage 105.9. . . . . . . . . . Leipsjc NBD H0me S:gnal, In b0x 0n poh

lvl i leage 106.4 . . . LeipsicYard,In boxon pole

Ivl i leage 107.0 . . . . . .U end XN. S.end siding, Bo0th

M i l e a g e 1 1 0 . 8 . . . . . . . . . K l e m a n , I n B & 0 b o x o n p o l e

[4i ]eage 112.3. . . . . . - . . .Ottawa, Booth

[4i ]eage 113.9. . . . . . . . . 0t iawa BedTrack, In box on pole

l leage 114.9 . . . . . . . . .S end ottawa, Relay House

lr , l l leage 123.4 . . . . . .cT Jct. B&0, Relay House

It l l leage 129.1.. . . . . . . . Blewl ick Road, In bor on pole

Mjleage 129.3. . . . . . . . . .Springswi ich,In box on poh

l i , l i leage 130.7. . . . . . . . Loop Track, In box on poTe

l i , l i l e a g e i 3 1 . 0 . . . . . . . . . . M o r r r s , B o o t h

[rTi leage 132.2.. . . . . . SugarSi. Inter locking, Tol ' ler

Mi leage 142.1 . . . . .uniopol is, In box on poh

Mileage 142.4 . . . . . . .S end l ln iopol is, ln box on pole

Mileage 152.0.. . . . . . . . . N.end Jacks0n Center, ln bor on pole

|1|lleage 153.5 . . .. . . .Jackson Center, Booth

Mileage 158.0.. . . . . . . .Maplewood, In box on pole

Mileage i64.3. . . - . . Quincy, Tower' 4 i e a g e 1 6 5 . 8 . . . . . . . . . S . F n d o u : n c y , I n b o ( o t p o l e

'"' ,"ontinued on pEse r4o)

Page 141: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

140

TIMETABLE NO, 2 _ APRIL 29Ih, 1984

SPECIAL INSTRUCIt0NS (C0ntinued)

(continued ri.m Fase 139)

TRAIN DISPATCHER TELEPHONE LOCATIONS

i:'rirClcd elro orrnotr DlvlsloN (continued)

I r r l ihage 169.9.. . . . . . . . .Roselvood, Booth

Nl i leage181.9. - . ' N endThackery' ln boxon pole

Mileage 1824 . ' fhackery' Booth

Mileage 1864 N_end Bryaf ' In Dox0n pole

Mileage 1882 . TrenontCity' B00th

Mileage 1!2 7 . . Crew Buildlng' Building

Mileage 1931 . . N_end lnierchangeTrk' In boxon pole

t4ileage 193 2. . . Maitland' li box0n pole

SPRINGTIETD SUBDIVISION

Mileage 2003 . JunciionOfilceBldg'' Buildins

l ,4i leage209.1. ' s charlestonNoiRte42 lnboxonpole

l,{ileage2l0 t . S Cha esioi' ln boxon pole

Mileage23l.0 Fayne B&0 Conneciion' Building

Mileage 233 3 . . WHC,ln box0n pole

[4ileage 282 2 .. Wavedy'Staiion

l,{ileage 2860 'Grcgg'' In boxon pole

|ilileage306.4. lacksonTninRegisterRoom

DEARBORN SUBDIVISION

Milesge 22 Fordhaven Spring$'lJitch' Booth

Mileage 24. FordhavenYard 0{fice' Building

Mileage 2 9. . Fordhave! North End' B00th

Mileage 4 5 . . Penn (Penn Rd)' lnbox on0ole

l\4ileage 52. . Penlord siding' Booth

Nlileage 6.0. . Penford' ln boxon pole

lvlileage 9.1 . Park' In boxon pole

lvi leage 108 . 'OJ'N&WCrossing' Inboxon pole

Rouge YaId Tolver' Tolvel

l,lileagerlileage

NAPOLEON SUBDIVISION

Prilate Rd _ Canpbell SouP, Booth

7.0.. . . . . . . . .Napoleon Diesel House, Crcl l l R00m

7 . 0 . . . . . . . . . . N a p 0 1 e 0 n S i a t i o n ' B u i l d i n g(continuedon Pase 141

Page 142: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

141

TfMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 291h,7984SPECIAT INSTRUCTI0NS (C0ntinued)

(coniinued rrcm page r40)

GT COMMERCIAL TELEPHONES FORAGENTS AND OPERATOFS

S()UTII BEI{D SU BDIVISIONE h d o n . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 2 - i 3 5 . 7 4 4 0B lue l s land . . . . . . . . 312 -385 .000 il ho rn ion Jc t . . . . . . . . 312 -331 .2810South Bend ... . . 219.288.1251

KATAMAZ()() SUBDIVISI()NKa lamazoo . . . . . . . . . 616 - :43 6232Kilgore Yard -.. . . . . 616 -381.32!1

FLII{ISUBDIVISIONDumnd . . . . . . . . . . 517 - 288 -3783Tappan . . . . . . . . . . . 313 .984 4511

GRAI{D RAPIDS SUBDIVISIONDunnd . . . . . . - . . 517 - 288 ,3783Frl ler . . . . . . . . . . . . 616 . 363.2930

H0t tY suBDrvrsr0NDurand . . . . . . . . - . . 517 . 288 3783

*MilwaukeeJct. . . . . . . 313 - 952.2260(0900 to 1700)

PonUacYard . . . . . . . 3 l : . 542 -1120

MOUNT CTEMENS SU BDI|lISi()NiForest Lawn ... . . . . . 313 .962-2260

(090010 i700)]f i4i lwaukeeJct. . . . . . . 313'962.2260

(0900 ro U00)lappan .. . . . . . . . . . 313 - 984'45U

SAGINAWSUBDI!/ISIODunnd . . . . . . . . . 517 -288-3783Me6hor . . . . . . . . . . 517 -755-3352Bay Ciiy . . . . . . . . . . . 5U . 684 9441

iThrough switch board opentor.

MEDICAT OFFICERSDR. V, J. GAII,.[NT, CHIEF MEDICAT OFFICER - DNNO|I, MICHTGAN

(962-2260, exl. 338 & 339)6HICAG() AND DTIROIT DIVISIONS

cIY PH|)I{EBatt leCreek ... R. B. Zapli tney,265 Fremont (49017) .. . . . . . . . . . . . 962-6159Batt le Creek ... R. H. Allen, I91 College St. (49017) .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 963-1592Batt le creek . . .1G. F. Colquhoun, I88 College St. (490U) . . . . . . . . . . 962.3232

(continu€d on page 142)

Page 143: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

:-

142

TIMETABLE No' 2 - APRIL 29th' t9a4

SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (C0ntinued)

(continued from Paae r41)

MEDICAL OFFIcERS (Continued)

DOCTOR

ill]iltY'll . il iluli.r;i iiqir'i''*or'sas'|ra,"(48706) 7sse305B"ic:tv DlTrbil:adl'.tf;?lldJilh**,0'*'.(4s706). 8s55551Bimjnsham ... ii"'ili'jii"i' 'iil w *'o* toad (48008) " 644-7033

;l,ii;ffi lilo'nllfit,lti^o.i,rn.l*,ll-l]"1. :*:::l

ffi P:;; ;q1',,l,''', ffit:tih;fi:ffi ;q**i3ii,lll'illiilil"'lll'Jli,i,i{;,iJ",Hli#fi{l-,'tl fiilili;illi ,;;";;;r;:llll;l';'*lslllllll; iSilil!

Nf*m*$-trffiw+illll;,ll*l***,ili'tffi,,,,,,, fiiHffMrlvaukee I;$fl,L:L:'Titll;j;'l::"'l'11'l ':.i0*

fiil'...*f,'m!,ffi'#ffiffi;'*,t-ff*#qlt' lg$frl**,,,, il$#':{ilLffinlun,,, iliitt0Dihalmologjst

Page 144: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

143

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th,7984SPECIAL INSTRUCTI0NS (C0ntinued)

(continued rtum pa8e 142)

MEDICAL OFFICERS (Continued)

Physical fxaninations at the follo$ing locatiois olly:Lans;ng Poniiacl,4ill,vaukee PortHuron

Gmnd Rapids lMuskegon South BendValparaiso

Battle Crcek DunndBayCity/Saginaw FlintChicagoDetroit

t2305

5133

008It6160j39t07115li l11617813760134091I821090323598501

Romulus

Lincoln I

l r m a . . . . . . . . .

Tren ton . , , . . . ,

l v l o n r c e . . . . . - -

D e l t a . . . . . . . . .

DearbornMedicalCenter,(Dr.KarlSeitam)10151 M ich igan Avenue . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . ( 313 ) 584 .1171

Metro Indust al Cl;nic, 7845 fi4iddlebelt Road (313) 326.0800

tynn Clinic,25700 W outer Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . (313) 383-7844

Flat R0ck lt4edicalCenter (Dr D. F. Proud)26i51 Hurcn River D ve .. . ... ... .(313)782.2431

Trenton Clinic(Dr. D. M. Lemanski)3231 Wesi Road .(313) 676-7500

Dr. W. S. Middleton, 219 W Front St. . . . . . . . . .(313) 241.0366

Delta Clinic(Dr. Ben H. Reed,Jr.)0 f f i ce : Ma in a tAd r ian . - . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . ( 419 ) 822 -3132Res.: 303 Fernwood ... . - . . -. . . . . . . . .(419) 822.3i53

Dr. R. C. Soriano, 158-East Maumee Ave. ..... (419) 599 1826

Dr. R. L. Holladay, oflice: 2609 Breese Rd. .... .(4i9) 991 0015Res.: 2609 Brcese Rd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(419) 99i-5906

Dt G. F. Aukennan, 0fJice: West Pike St. ... ...(513) 596.6282R e s i d e n c e . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( 5 1 3 ) 5 9 6 . 6 2 8 5

Dr. G. Thomas Fazio, off.: 1261S. Fountaln A!e. .(5I3) 322-7698Dr. Leroy V. Goodson, oliicej 351 Doctor Ct W. .(5I3) 325,3782Yellow Sping Clinic, 1001Xenia S. . . . . . . . . . . . (513) 767-7349Ye l l ow Spr ings , 0h10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( 513 ) 878 .9631

Dr. A. M. Shrader, Oiiice: 196 L E|nmt Ave. .. - .(614) 947-2964Res . : 207 E . Second S t . - . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( 614 ) 947 -4090

Jackson MedicalClinic, (Dr. Ca11J. creever)01!ice: 35 Vaughn S1. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(614) 286-2116R e s i d e n c e - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . ( 6 1 4 ) 2 8 6 - 3 2 0 1

H0ker Medical Center, Clinic Branch(Dr. John W Zinne y) 35 Vaughn St. . . . . . . . . .(614) 286-2308

Dr Hary Nenni, office: 124 South 6th St. ......(614) 532-5353

000436923t7l804r520r860t555

)831r305i56515851236l6s6t84r3Ar

Jackoi Center

Page 145: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

744

TIMETABLE No' 2 - APRIL 29th' 1984

SPECIA[ INSTRUCTI0NS (C0ntinued)

Dlvlsl0N 0FtlcERsCHICAGO DIVISI()N

I. H. STONE, SUPERINIINDINI' BATTLE CBETK

J. S. Yeag;r, Assislant SJper;ntendent Transpodatr0n'Battle Creek

C.e.nivarO,fransportatlonsuperyisor'Batt leCreekD. j. Hawley, Tnnsportxion SupPrv'sor' Batlle CIAFk

G. L. Kalousek, Terminal Manager' Elsdonc. H. Fairchild, Teminal lt4anage( Flintl. R. H rd ChLei Dispatcher' Battle Creek

G.W. Le:t, Road Foreman ol Eng;neers Battre CreehR.T. Holnshom ' Trainmaster, B1!e lslandT. L. Schlosser' Tminmaster, Batile Creek

E. [. cammire, Teminal Trainmaster, Batile creekJ D Wilcox, Trainmasler' Lansrig

R.V Peq, Trainmaster' FlintH.T Pouels, Teminal Trainnaster, tlint.,. D. Haihaway, Trainmasler, Port Huron

TRAIN DISPATCH ERS - BATTLE CREEX

L. A. Lee (L.A.L.)H. F. Metzgar (H.F.MJA. D. Rasmussen (A.D.R )R. C. Rettig (R.C.R.)P. G. Robeds (P G.R )E.l.Smith (E.l.S)l\4. t.Thomas (t4.LJ.)G. B.Tidd (G.BJ)D. A. Wagner (D Aw.)

G. R. Baldwin (G R B)R.1. Bigge6tatf (RJ B )R. E. Billings (R E.B )c. F. Budon (c.F.B.)F. L. Geren (F.t.G )B. E. Haire (B E H)S. R. Hamilton (S R H )X. E. Hellitt (X.E.H.)L. R. HawleY (L.R H)R. L. Ho{e (R.L.H )

TRAIN DISPATCHING OFFICT_BATTLE CREEXArea Code 616 - 966'5349 Chief Dispatcher

( con t i nuedonPase l45 )

Page 146: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

145

TIMETABLE No. 2 - APRIL 29th, 1984(comrhued f6n pase 144)

DIVISION OFFICERS (Continued)

DETROITDIVISIO

R. C. GOUID, SU PTRIN'IENDENT, PONTlACR. l. Neumann, Assistant Superintendent, Tnnsp0rtation, PoitjacE. E Lanb, ksistantSuperiiiendent, Tnnspodation, Flai Rock

l(. R. Xnox, Teminal lvlanager, lvlilwaukee lunctionE. J. Pavlica, lerminal Manager, Pontiac

R. P. o'Brian, Terminal Manager, FIat RockR. B. B€aver, Teminal lvlanager, Springfield

J. R. Abercrombie, trssistant Teminal Manager, Flat RockC L. Border, SupervisorTrain opemtions, Flai Rock

J. T. Curcio, Division operator- Schedule Supefiisor, Flat RockG. R. Randt, ChiefDispatchel Pontiac

J. M. Hyatt, ChiefDispatchet Flat Rockl. G.Tyson, Road Foreman ofEngines, PoitiacI Gibson, Road Foreman offngines, Durand

C. C.Colliis, Road Foreman ofEngines, Flat RockH. J. Ioth, Terninal Trainmaster, Miluaukee Junclion

M. H. Wa ldftrp, Trainrnaster, Pontiac0. S. lewis, Trainmaster, oion

L. T. WLauer, Trainmaster, DurandR. L. Batory, Trainnaster, Lang

W. A. Hltchinson, Trainrnast€r, Flat RockC D. Donigai, Teminal Tainnaster, Flat RockD. W- Dunas, Terniial Tminnaster, Flat Rock

D. L. Finfruck, Trainmasl€r, LinaG. D. Collins, AssistantTemjnal I{anaget Cincinnati

TRAIN DISPATCH ERS - PONTIAC YARDL. DeYoung(L.D.Y.)E. A. Facknit (E.A.F.)W. C. taler (W.C.F)C.l. Grifka (C.l.C.)W. P. Howard (WP.H.)P. t. Marton (PLM.)

J. R. Mcxinnis (J.R.[,1.)N.J. Schmidt (N.J.SJJ. R. Sharp (.1.R.S.)[. D. Sh€pard (l-.D.S.)G. W.Snyder (G.W.S.)D. L Stotler (D.L.S)

TRAIN DISPAICHING OFFICE_ PONTIAC YARD

Area Code 3I3 - 330-4:122 Chief DispatcherArea Code 313 . 338-0595 West DispatclErArea Code 313 .338-6949 East Dispatcher

TRAIN DISPATCHERS - I.ANGt. P. Canpbell (L.PJ)t M. Gosselin (E|l4.G.)W. D. Norcll(W.D.N)

R. E. PeteB (R.E.P.)T. Rosenbaln O.R)

TRAIN DISPATCHING O'IICE- LANG

Area Code 419 - 729.U5.4{contlnu€d on p€eE 1,lO

Page 147: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

TIMETABLE No' 2 - APRIL 29th' 1984

{continued fom Page 145)

DNISION OFFICERS (Continued)

TRAIN DISPATCH ERS _ FIAT ROCI(

W C. Rendon 0{ C R )R. E. Petticrew (R.t P.)

W. D. Lustig (W.D t)

D.V. Gebatd (D.V G)

L. l. Sands (L.LS)

R. D. Fasure (R D F)

TRAIN DISPATCHING OFFICT-TTAT ROCK

Arca Code 3I3 - 782-2677

t

Page 148: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

!|aTIMETABLE No'.2 - APRIL 29th' 1984 TIMETABLE N6. 2 _ APRIL 29th, 1984

l : i

149

:@-i

i!E'Yf.,.*tr":i{

:::;:t*.f;

"',"tfi,"::":.7

i!i:: E

I

t :

: l ; : i ; i i; ' a :

; i

i i l

6 i !

! !e

7;Eq; : i i ; i " . '_ " ! i J - - r

r i "" ' """ " .1

-\+i/;

*,,*ft--*.

Page 149: 1984 Grand Trunk Western Railroad Employees' Timetable

A V O I D DSWITCH CUSTOMERS

JUDGING SPEEDAccurate judgment of couPl ine

soeed depends upon correcttrmrnC.An excellent way to get accuratel rminE wi lhout a watch is to count''onelundred and thirty_on€, onehundred and thirty two and so onas the car passesa stationarypornr'With a little practice, countrng canbe don€ atthe rate of one a secon6.

Abilrv to closely esUmaie speed'a time .ar strikes, is ettremelv rmDortant becaus€ impact torce buildsirD as the souare of the speed This;eans that impact delivered bY a

ffi ""i,"fl ii "i * jl'il"'lci fr$AS GREAT, Damage to freight andcar can be avoided bY always xeep_inE couDlins speed within the sarera;!e - NbT OVER 4 MLES PERH o ! R - A B R t s K W A L K .

A M A G ECARS CAREFULLY

Striking

' ; t 6

3 \ at 9\ 1 0

I

9l6253649648l

100

SYSTEM SPEED TABLE

ilil6 P.rTim. Ds Mlle Hour

0 m i n . 3 6 s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 0 0 0

onif l .37sec. .. . ' 9730o ni i .38 sec . " 94 74

0 m i n . 3 g s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2 . 3 1

o nin.4osec. .. . .. loooo min .4 Isec . . . . . . 87 80omin 42sec . . . . . 85oo0n in .43sec . . . . . . . . . 65 , ta

o min 44sec .. . 81'82

0 m in .4ssec . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 .00

0 m i n . 4 6 s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 8 2 6

o m i i . 47sec . . . - . . . 76 60

0 min. 48 sec. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75.00

0 min. 49 sec . . . . - . . . . . 73.74o min.50 sec. .. . ' 72 oo

0 min. 51sec .. . . . 70 59

omin 52sec .. " 69 23gn ;1 . g l ss6 . . . . . . . . . . 67 .92

o min.s4sec ' 66 67

0 m in .55sec . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 .45

0 m in .56sec . . 1 . . . . - . . . 64 .29

o min 57sec . " 63160 m in .58sec . . - . . . . . . . . . 62 .07

illhs P'rline Dd Mil. llour

0 m in .59 sec . - . . . . . . . . . 61 .021min. 0 sec. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.001 n i n . S s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 . 3 8I m in . l osec . . . . . . . - 51431 m i n . 1 5 s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8 . 0 01 m i n . 2 0 s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5 . 0 01 n i n . 2 5 s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2 . 3 51 n i i . 3 o s e c . . . . . . . . . - - . . . 4 0 0 01 m i n . 3 S s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7 . 8 9I m i n . 4 0 s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6 0 0I t in 45sec .. . 34291 n r i n . 5 0 s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2 . 7 31 m i n . 5 5 s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 . 3 02 min. 0 sec. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.002 m i n . 1 0 s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 7 . 6 92 m i n . 2 0 s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . - . 2 5 . 7 12 rn in .30sec . . . . . . - . . . . . . . 24 .002 m i n . 4 0 s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 . 5 02 m in .50 sec . . . . . . . . 21 .183 min. 0 sec. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20003 m i n . 3 0 s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 . 1 44 m i n . o s e c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 . 0 0


Recommended